Anda di halaman 1dari 196

06-237256-001

July 2014

Kidde Fire Systems


ECS Advanced Delivery
Fire Suppression System
with 3M Novec 1230 Fire
Protection Fluid
Design, Installation,
Operation and
Maintenance Manual

FM

LISTED

UL Listing File
No. EX 4674

LISTED
UL Listing File
No. EX 4674

APPROVED

FM Approvals
Project ID 3049464

FOREWORD
This manual is written for those who design, install, operate, or maintain the Kidde Fire Systems ECS
Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to
as agent).

IMPORTANT
Kidde-Fenwal assumes no responsibility for the application of any systems other than those addressed in
this manual. The technical data contained herein is limited strictly for information purposes only.
Kidde-Fenwal believes this data to be accurate, but it is published and presented without any guarantee or
warranty whatsoever. Kidde-Fenwal disclaims any liability for any use that may be made of the data and
information contained herein by any and all other parties.
Kidde ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System (Kidde ECS ADS) Series are to be designed,
installed, inspected, maintained, tested and recharged by qualified, trained personnel in accordance with
the following:

Standard of the National Fire Protection Association No. 2001, Edition 2012 titled Clean Agent Fire
Extinguishing Systems.

All instructions, limitations, cautions, and warnings, contained in this manual, 06-237256-001.

All information contained on the system container nameplate(s).

Storage, handling, transportation, service, maintenance, recharge, and test of agent storage containers
shall be performed only by qualified and trained personnel in accordance with the information in this
manual and Compressed Gas Association pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1:

C-1, Methods for Hydrostatic Testing of Compressed Gas Cylinders.

C-6, Standards for Visual Inspection of Compressed Gas Cylinders.

P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases In Containers.

CGA pamphlets are published by the Compressed Gas Association: http://www.cganet.com


The new design concentration for Class A and C fires applies to systems designed to meet and comply with
UL 2166 and NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 requirements. As such, our customers are reminded and advised:

In accordance with 4.3.1.2 and 4.3.1.3 of NFPA 2001, Edition 2012, automatic detection and
automatic actuation shall be used. Manual actuation is permitted only if acceptable by the authority
having jurisdiction.

Designers should also take note of 4.3.5.6 in NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 with regard to the use of time
delays.

The designer should also review A.5.4.2.4 in NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 and confirm that a protected
Class A hazard does not include any Class B materials (flammable or combustible liquids or gases)
which would classify the protected space as a Class B hazard.

In addition, the designer should refer to section A.5.6 in NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 and confirm that
the protected space does not include electrical equipment that will not be de-energized prior to or at
the time of agent discharge. Such energized electrical equipment has the potential to act as a
persistent re-ignition source. If electrical equipment cannot be de-energized, the design agent
concentration shall be at least that required by 5.4.2.5 in NFPA 2001, Edition 2012. In some cases
consideration should be given to the use of extended agent discharge or higher design agent
concentration. When exploring these options, keep in mind the possibility of the formation of
combustion and decomposition products. Please contact applications engineering for design guidance
in such instances.

Questions concerning the information presented in this manual should be addressed to:
Kidde-Fenwal Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
Phone: (508) 881-2000
Fax: (508) 881-8920

06-237256-001

July 2014

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS


The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) can be found in Appendix A. The latest version of the MSDS you
are searching for can be found online at the Kidde Fire Systems website (www.kiddefiresystems.com). Use
the built-in navigation links to view the desired sheet.

SAFETY SUMMARY
Kidde ECS ADS fire suppression systems use pressurized equipment; therefore, personnel responsible for
fire suppression systems must be aware of the dangers associated with the improper handling, installation
or maintenance of this equipment.
Fire suppression system service personnel must be trained in the proper handling, installation and service
of Kidde ECS ADS Equipment and follow the instructions used in this manual and in the Safety Bulletin and
cylinder nameplate contained in Chapter 6.
Kidde has provided warnings and cautions at appropriate locations throughout the text of this manual.
These warnings and cautions are to be adhered to at all times. Failure to do so may result in serious injury
to personnel.
DEFINITIONS

WARNING

CAUTION

July 2014

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death,
serious bodily injury and/or property damage.

Indicates a potentiality hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in


property or equipment damage.

ii

06-237256-001

SAFE CYLINDER HANDLING PROCEDURES


WARNING

Pressurized (charged) cylinders are capable of violent discharge and, as such, are
extremely hazardous. Pressurized cylinders must be handled safely to avoid accidents
that could cause bodily injury, death, or property damage.

Before handling Kidde ECS ADS products, all personnel must be trained in the safe handling of the
containers as well as in the proper procedures for installation, removal, filling, and connection of other
critical devices, such as flex hoses, control heads, discharge heads, safety caps, and anti-recoil devices.
READ, UNDERSTAND and ALWAYS FOLLOW the design, installation, operation and maintenance manuals,
owners manuals, service manuals, etc., that are provided with the individual systems.

WARNING

The instructions contained in this foreword and throughout the manual must be
followed in the exact sequence as written to prevent serious injury, death or
property damage.

The following safety procedures must be observed at all times:


MOVING CONTAINER
Containers must be shipped compactly in the upright position, and properly secured in place. Containers
must not be rolled, dragged or slid, nor allowed to be slid from tailgates of vehicles. A suitable hand truck,
fork truck, roll platform or similar device must be used.
ROUGH HANDLING
Containers must not be dropped or permitted to strike violently against each other or other surfaces.
STORAGE
Containers must be stored standing upright where they are not likely to be knocked over, or the containers
must be secured.
For additional information on safe handling of compressed gas cylinders, see CGA Pamphlet PI titled Safe
Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers. CGA pamphlets may be purchased from The Compressed
Gas Association: http://www.cganet.com
SAFETY CAP

Each agent cylinder is factory equipped with a safety cap installed on the valve outlet, and securely
chained to the valve to prevent loss. This device is a safety feature, and will provide controlled safe
discharge when installed if the cylinder is actuated accidentally.

The safety cap must be installed on the valve outlet AT ALL TIMES except when the cylinders are
connected into the system piping or being filled.

The safety cap is intentionally chained to the cylinder valve to prevent loss while in service and must
not be removed from its chain.

PROTECTION CAP
A protection cap is factory installed on the actuation port and securely chained to the valve to prevent loss.
The cap is attached to the actuation port to prevent tampering or depression of the actuating pin. No
attachments (control head, pressure operated control head) are to be connected to the actuation port
during shipment, storage, or handling.

06-237256-001

iii

July 2014

INSTALLATION
THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1.

Install cylinder into bracketing.

WARNING
2.

Remove safety cap and connect all cylinder valves into system piping using flex hose or valve outlet
adapter.

WARNING
3.

In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the discharge
hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping before attaching to
the cylinder valve outlet.

Control heads must be in the set position before attaching to the cylinder valve actuation
port, in order to prevent accidental discharge.

Remove protection cap and attach control heads, pressure control heads, pilot loops, etc. as required.

REMOVAL FROM SERVICE


THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1.

Remove all control heads, pressure operated heads, and pilot loops from cylinder valve, and attach
protection cap to actuation port.

2.

Disconnect cylinders from system piping at the valve outlet. Disconnect valve outlet adapter, if used.

3.

Immediately install safety cap on valve outlet.

WARNING
4.

The cylinder valve safety cap must be immediately available for installation on the
cylinder valve outlet before disconnecting the cylinder discharge hose or valve adapter
from system piping. If the safety cap is missing obtain a new safety cap from Kidde Fire
Systems.

Remove cylinder from bracketing.

WARNING

July 2014

Failure to follow all instructions in this manual on the use and handling of system
components could result in serious bodily injury, death, and property damage in the
event of inadvertent and unexpected cylinder discharge.

iv

06-237256-001

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword ....................................................................................................... i
Safety Summary............................................................................................. ii
Safe Cylinder Handling Procedures .................................................................... iii
List of Figures ................................................................................................ xi
List of Tables.................................................................................................. xv
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1-1
Introduction ......................................................................................... 1-1
1-2
System Description ............................................................................... 1-2
1-2.1
Applications ......................................................................................... 1-2
1-2.1.1
Operating Temperature Range Limitations ................................................ 1-2
1-2.1.2
Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations ........................... 1-3
1-2.1.2.1
Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range................... 1-3
1-2.1.2.2
Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range ............... 1-3
1-2.2
Extinguishing Agent .............................................................................. 1-3
1-2.2.1
Toxicity ............................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.2
Decomposition...................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.3
Cleanliness........................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.4
Other Safety Considerations ................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.5
Storage ............................................................................................... 1-5
CHAPTER 2 OPERATION
2-1
Introduction ......................................................................................... 2-1
2-2
System Controls and Indicators .............................................................. 2-1
2-2.1
General ............................................................................................... 2-1
2-3
Operating Procedures ............................................................................ 2-1
2-3.1
Automatic Operation ............................................................................. 2-1
2-3.2
Remote Manual Operation ...................................................................... 2-1
2-3.3
Local Manual Operation.......................................................................... 2-2
2-3.4
Local Manual Operation UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves
(P/N 90-22003X-00X)............................................................................ 2-2
2-3.5
Post-Discharge Service .......................................................................... 2-2
2-4
Cylinder Recharge ................................................................................. 2-3
2-5
Special System Precautions .................................................................... 2-3
2-5.1
Systems Actuated with a Master Cylinder ................................................. 2-3
2-5.2
Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder........................................ 2-3
CHAPTER 3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
3-1
Introduction ......................................................................................... 3-1
3-2
Functional Description ........................................................................... 3-1
3-3
Component Descriptions ........................................................................ 3-3
3-3.1
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assemblies ............................................... 3-3
3-3.1.1
Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauges............................................................. 3-4
3-3.1.2
Plain Nut Discharge Head (P/N WK-872450-000)....................................... 3-5
3-3.2
Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies............................................................. 3-6
3-3.3
Liquid Level Indicator (P/Ns WK-283894-000 and 06-118266-001) .............. 3-9
3-3.4
Combined Cylinder Straps for 200 and 350 lb. Systems
(P/Ns 06-236127-001 and 06-236126-001).............................................. 3-10

06-237256-001

July 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)


3-3.5
3-3.5.1
3-3.5.2

3-3.6

3-3.7
3-3.7.1
3-3.7.2
3-3.7.3
3-3.7.4
3-3.7.5
3-3.7.6
3-3.8
3-3.9
3-3.9.1
3-3.9.2
3-3.9.3
3-3.9.4
3-3.9.5
3-3.9.6
3-3.10
3-3.10.1
3-3.11
3-3.11.1
3-3.11.2
3-3.11.3
3-3.11.4
3-3.11.5
3-3.11.6
3-3.11.7
3-3.11.8
3-3.11.8.1
3-3.11.8.2
3-3.11.8.3
3-3.11.9
3-3.11.10
3-3.11.11
3-3.11.12

July 2014

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Equipment


for 200 and 350 lb. Systems .................................................................. 3-11
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps
(P/N WK-270014-000 and P/N WK-270157-000) ....................................... 3-11
Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps
for 600 and 900 lb. Systems
(P/N 06-236173-001 and P/N 06-236174-001) ......................................... 3-12
Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment
(P/Ns 06-235317-001, WK-281866-000, WK-294651-000
and 06-236125-001) ............................................................................. 3-13
Control Heads for Nitrogen Driver Valve Only............................................ 3-13
Electric Control Head (P/N WK-890181-000)............................................. 3-14
Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
(P/Ns 81-895630-000 and WK-897494-000) ............................................ 3-15
Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 81-979469-000) .................................. 3-16
Lever Operated Control Head (P/N WK-870652-000) ................................. 3-16
Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 82-878751-000) ..................... 3-17
Pressure Operated Control Head
(P/Ns 82-878737-000 and 82-878750-000).............................................. 3-18
Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface (P/N 81-871403-000) ........................... 3-19
Actuation Accessories ............................................................................ 3-20
Actuation Assembly Kit for 200 and 350 lb. Cylinders
(P/N 06-129882-001)............................................................................ 3-20
Actuation Assembly Kit for 600 and 900 lb. cylinders
(P/N 06-129985-001)............................................................................ 3-21
1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose (P/N 06-118207-00X)....................................... 3-22
Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter
(P/Ns WK-877940-200, WK-877845-000 and WK-699205-010)................... 3-23
Flexible Actuation Hose (P/N 06-118193-00X) .......................................... 3-24
Tees, Elbows and Adapters..................................................................... 3-24
Discharge AccessoriesNitrogen Driver Cylinder ........................................ 3-25
3/4 Orifice Fitting (P/N 85-194129-XXX) ................................................. 3-25
Discharge AccessoriesAgent Cylinder ..................................................... 3-26
3/4 Check Diffuser ............................................................................... 3-26
Flexible Discharge Hose (P/N WK-283899-000 and 06-118225-001) ............ 3-27
Valve Outlet Adapters (P/N WK-283905-000) ........................................... 3-28
Check valves ........................................................................................ 3-29
Manifold EL-Checks (P/N WK-877690-000) ............................................... 3-30
Swing Checks (P/N 06-118213-001 and 06-118058-001) ........................... 3-31
Pressure Operated Switches
(P/N 81-486536-000 and P/N 81-981332-000) ......................................... 3-32
3-Way Directional Valves ....................................................................... 3-33
3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X)........................ 3-34
Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid (P/N 06-118384-001) ......................... 3-36
Pressure Regulator (P/N 06-118334-001) or (P/N 38-509803-001).............. 3-37
Pressure Operated Trip (P/N 81-874290-000) ........................................... 3-37
Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000) ............................................... 3-38
Corner pulleys (P/N 81-803808-000 and P/N WK-844648-000) .................. 3-38
Main to Reserve Transfer Switch (P/N 84-802398-000) ............................. 3-39

vi

06-237256-001

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)


3-3.11.13
3-3.12
3-3.12.1
3-3.12.2
3-3.12.3
3-3.12.4
3-3.13
3-3.13.1
3-3.13.2

Discharge Nozzles ................................................................................. 3-40


Other Accessories ................................................................................. 3-41
Hydrostatic Test Adapters ...................................................................... 3-41
Agent Cylinder Recharge Adapters........................................................... 3-41
Agent Cylinder Seating Adapter (P/N WK-933537-000) .............................. 3-41
Safety Outlets (P/N 81-803242-000 and P/N 82-844346-000) .................... 3-42
Detectors and Control Panels .................................................................. 3-42
Detectors............................................................................................. 3-42
Control Panel........................................................................................ 3-42

CHAPTER 4
4-1
4-2
4-2.1
4-2.2
4-2.2.1
4-2.2.2
4-2.2.3
4-2.2.4
4-2.2.5
4-2.2.6
4-2.2.7
4-2.2.8
4-2.2.8.1
4-2.2.9
4-2.3
4-2.3.1
4-2.3.2
4-2.3.3
4-2.3.4
4-2.3.5
4-2.3.5.1
4-2.3.5.2
4-2.3.6
4-2.4
4-2.4.1
4-2.4.2
4-2.4.2.1
4-2.4.2.2
4-2.4.3
4-2.5
4-2.5.1

DESIGN AND INSTALLATION


Introduction ......................................................................................... 4-1
Design Procedure .................................................................................. 4-1
General ............................................................................................... 4-1
Application ........................................................................................... 4-1
Determine Minimum Use Concentration Required ...................................... 4-2
Calculate Agent Required ....................................................................... 4-2
Determine the Type, Size, and Quantity of Components Required ................ 4-3
Locate Nozzles...................................................................................... 4-3
Locate Cylinders ................................................................................... 4-3
Locate Piping........................................................................................ 4-3
Pipe Size and Layout ............................................................................. 4-3
Using the Agent Concentration Flooding Factors ........................................ 4-8
Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure ............................................................ 4-8
Manifolds ............................................................................................. 4-9
Design Criteria ..................................................................................... 4-9
Driver Quantity..................................................................................... 4-9
Requirements for Tee Flow Splits ............................................................ 4-10
Duration of Discharge ............................................................................ 4-11
Nozzle Selection and Placement .............................................................. 4-11
Nozzle Placement.................................................................................. 4-12
Limits on Nozzle Conditions .................................................................... 4-13
Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs ............................................ 4-13
Pipe Sizing ........................................................................................... 4-14
Other Conditions................................................................................... 4-15
Operating Temperature Range Limitations ................................................ 4-15
Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations ........................... 4-15
Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range................... 4-15
Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range ............... 4-15
System Operating Pressure .................................................................... 4-15
Pressure Actuation Limitations for Single Driver Systems............................ 4-16
Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure
From a Master Nitrogen Driver................................................................ 4-16
Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure
From a Master Nitrogen Driver................................................................ 4-17
Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure .............. 4-18
Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure.................... 4-19

4-2.5.2
4-2.5.3
4-2.5.4

06-237256-001

vii

July 2014

4-2.5.5
4-2.6
4-2.6.1
4-2.6.2
4-2.6.3
4-2.6.4
4-2.6.5
4-2.7
4-2.8
4-2.8.1
4-2.8.2
4-2.9
4-2.10
4-3
4-3.1
4-3.2
4-3.2.1
4-3.2.2
4-3.2.2.1
4-3.2.2.2
4-3.2.2.3
4-3.3
4-3.4
4-3.5
4-3.6
4-3.6.1
4-3.7
4-3.8
4-3.9
4-3.10
4-3.10.1
4-3.10.2
4-3.10.3
4-3.11
4-3.12
4-3.13
4-3.14
4-3.15
4-3.16

July 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Single Driver ADS Series Systems
(P/N 06-129944-X0X) ........................................................................... 4-20
Pressure Actuation Limitations
for Dual Driver Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders ........................................ 4-21
Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure
From a Master Nitrogen Driver................................................................ 4-21
Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure
From a Master Nitrogen Driver................................................................ 4-21
Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure ................... 4-22
Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure.............. 4-23
Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Dual Driver ADS Series Systems
(P/N 06-129986-X0X) ........................................................................... 4-24
Manifold Arrangement with 3-Way Directional Valves
(Multi-Hazard Arrangements for all Systems)............................................ 4-25
Using Multiple Nitrogen Cylinders ............................................................ 4-28
Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations......................................................... 4-28
Pressure Trip Limitations........................................................................ 4-28
Venting Requirements for the Hazard Enclosure ........................................ 4-28
Post-Discharge Ventilation Requirements ................................................. 4-29
Equipment Installation........................................................................... 4-29
General ............................................................................................... 4-29
Distribution Piping and Fittings ............................................................... 4-29
Threads ............................................................................................... 4-29
Pipe .................................................................................................... 4-29
Ferrous Piping ...................................................................................... 4-30
Piping Joints......................................................................................... 4-30
Fittings................................................................................................ 4-30
Installation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................... 4-31
Installation of Check Valves.................................................................... 4-31
Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe ..................................................... 4-31
Installation of Directional Valves with Pneumatic Actuators and Solenoids..... 4-32
System Release Control Configuration ..................................................... 4-33
Installation of Discharge Nozzles ............................................................. 4-36
Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter ......................................................... 4-36
Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose ..................................................... 4-37
Installation of Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies ............ 4-38
Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder Placement .......................................... 4-38
Installation of a Single Cylinder and Single Driver
Kidde ECS ADS Series System ................................................................ 4-39
Installation of a Single Cylinder and Two Driver
Kidde ECS ADS Series System (600 and 900 lb. Systems Only)................... 4-44
Installation of Electric Control Heads to Nitrogen Driver Only ...................... 4-48
Installation of Pressure Operated Control Heads
(P/Ns 82-878737-000 and 82-878750-000).............................................. 4-49
Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
(P/Ns 81-895630-000 and WK-897494-000) ............................................ 4-50
Installation of Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 81-979469-000) .............. 4-51
Installation of Lever Operated Control Head (P/N WK-870652-000) ............. 4-51
Installation of Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder (P/N WK-877940-200)
and Mounting Bracket (P/N WK-877845-000) ........................................... 4-52

viii

06-237256-001

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)


4-3.17
4-3.18
4-3.19
4-3.20
4-3.21
4-3.21.1
4-3.22

Installation of Pressure Switch (P/N 81-486536-000) ................................. 4-52


Installation of Pressure Trip (P/N 81-874290-000)..................................... 4-52
Installation of Manual Pull Station (P/N 81-871403-000) ............................ 4-53
Installation of Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000) ............................ 4-53
Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/Ns 06-118262-001) .............. 4-54
Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118263-001 ........................ 4-55
Post-Installation Checkout...................................................................... 4-56

CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE
5-1
Introduction ......................................................................................... 5-1
5-2
Maintenance Procedures ........................................................................ 5-1
5-2.1
General ............................................................................................... 5-1
5-3
Preventive Maintenance ......................................................................... 5-1
5-4
Inspection Procedures ........................................................................... 5-2
5-4.1
Weekly ................................................................................................ 5-2
5-4.1.1
Check Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Pressure .................................................. 5-2
5-4.2
Monthly ............................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.1
General Inspection ................................................................................ 5-2
5-4.2.2
Hazard Access ...................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.3
Inspect Hoses....................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.4
Inspect Pressure Control Heads............................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.5
Inspect Electric Control Heads ................................................................ 5-2
5-4.2.6
Inspect Cylinder and Valve Assembly for Both the Agent Cylinder
and Nitrogen Driver Cylinder .................................................................. 5-3
5-4.2.7
Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware.......................... 5-3
5-4.2.8
Inspect Discharge Hoses ........................................................................ 5-3
5-4.2.9
Inspect Actuation Line ........................................................................... 5-3
5-4.2.10
Inspect Discharge Nozzles...................................................................... 5-3
5-4.2.11
Inspect Pull Stations.............................................................................. 5-3
5-4.2.12
Inspect Pressure Switches...................................................................... 5-3
5-4.3
Semi-Annual ........................................................................................ 5-4
5-4.3.1
Pressure Switch Test ............................................................................. 5-4
5-4.3.2
Electric Control Head Test ...................................................................... 5-4
5-4.3.3
Weighing Cylinders Using the Liquid Level Indicator ................................... 5-5
5-4.3.4
Weighing Cylinders without Using the Liquid Level Indicator........................ 5-8
5-4.4
2 Year ................................................................................................. 5-8
5-4.4.1
Blow Out Distribution Piping ................................................................... 5-8
5-4.5
5 Year ................................................................................................. 5-9
5-4.5.1
Inspection and Retest Procedures for Agent or Nitrogen Cylinders ............... 5-9
5-4.5.1.1
Cylinders Continuously in Service Without Discharge ................................. 5-9
5-4.5.1.2
Discharged Cylinders or Charged Cylinders that are Transported ................. 5-9
5-4.5.2
Retest ................................................................................................. 5-9
5-4.5.3
Flexible Hoses ...................................................................................... 5-9
5-5
Service ................................................................................................ 5-10
5-5.1
Cleaning .............................................................................................. 5-10
5-5.2
Nozzle Service ...................................................................................... 5-10
5-5.3
Repairs................................................................................................ 5-10
5-6
Removing an Agent Cylinder and Nitrogen Driver ...................................... 5-10

06-237256-001

ix

July 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)


5-6.1
5-6.2
5-7
5-7.1
5-7.2
5-7.3
5-8
CHAPTER 6
6-1
6-2
6-2.1
6-2.1.1
6-2.1.2
6-2.1.3
6-2.1.3.1
6-2.1.4
6-2.1.5
6-2.2
6-2.2.1
6-2.2.2
6-2.2.3
6-2.2.4
6-2.3
6-2.3.1
6-2.3.2
6-3
6-3.1
6-3.2
6-3.3
6-4
6-4.1
6-4.2
6-4.3

Single Cylinder System .......................................................................... 5-10


Multiple Cylinder System........................................................................ 5-11
Installing an Agent Cylinder ................................................................... 5-11
Single Cylinder System .......................................................................... 5-11
Multiple Cylinder System........................................................................ 5-12
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders ......................................................................... 5-12
Replacing the Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge .......................................... 5-13
POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
Introduction ......................................................................................... 6-1
Post-Fire Maintenance ........................................................................... 6-1
Agent Valve Inspection and Service ......................................................... 6-1
Agent Discharge Valve Disassembly (2 Valve).......................................... 6-1
Agent Discharge Valve Assembly (2 Valve).............................................. 6-2
Agent Discharge Valve Disassembly (3 Valve).......................................... 6-4
Replacing 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check .......................................................... 6-5
Agent Discharge Valve Assembly (3 Valve).............................................. 6-6
Safety Disc Replacement........................................................................ 6-7
Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Inspection and Services ........................................ 6-8
I-Valve Disassembly.............................................................................. 6-8
Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Assembly............................................................ 6-9
Nitrogen Driver Safety Disc Replacement ................................................. 6-9
Plain Nut Discharge Head Inspection and Service ...................................... 6-10
3/4-Inch Check Diffuser Inspection and Service ........................................ 6-11
3/4-inch Check Diffuser Disassembly ....................................................... 6-11
3/4-inch check diffuser assembly ............................................................ 6-11
Recharging Agent Cylinders.................................................................... 6-13
Charging Equipment Installation ............................................................. 6-14
Charging Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly............................................ 6-15
Agent Cylinder Leak Test ....................................................................... 6-18
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Service and Maintenance ..................................... 6-19
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test .................................... 6-19
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Replacement...................................................... 6-19
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Recharge .......................................................... 6-20

CHAPTER 7 PARTS LIST


7-1
Introduction & Parts List ........................................................................ 7-1
APPENDIX A

July 2014

MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS

06-237256-001

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure
1-1
1-2
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28
3-29
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-34
3-35
3-36
3-37
3-38
3-39
3-40
3-41
3-42
3-43
3-44
3-45
3-46
3-47
3-48
3-49
3-50

Name
Page Number
Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, U.S. Customary Units ............. 1-6
Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Metric Units ........................... 1-8
Typical Agent System with Electric Control Head ...................................................... 3-2
Typical Agent System with Cable Operated Control Head........................................... 3-2
2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Drive Cylinder
and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only .............................................................. 3-3
en.Gauge Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge P/N: 06-118328-001 ................................. 3-4
Standard Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge P/N: 06-118253-001 ................................. 3-4
Plain Nut Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000 ....................................................... 3-5
200, 350, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only ............ 3-6
2 Valve General Arrangement............................................................................... 3-7
3 Valve General Arrangement............................................................................... 3-8
Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................................... 3-9
200 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap............................................................................ 3-10
350 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap............................................................................ 3-10
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap ................................................................. 3-11
Cylinder Straps for the 4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver.................................................. 3-12
Cylinder Straps for the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver.................................................. 3-12
Agent Cylinder Mounting Straps ............................................................................. 3-13
Electric Control Head ............................................................................................ 3-14
Electric/Cable Operated Control Head ..................................................................... 3-15
Cable Operated Control Head ................................................................................ 3-16
Lever Operated Control Head ................................................................................ 3-16
Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head ................................................................... 3-17
Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................................ 3-18
Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head .............................................................. 3-18
Cable Manual Pull Station...................................................................................... 3-19
Actuation Assembly Kit for the 200 and 350 lb. ADS Series Cylinders .......................... 3-20
Actuation Assembly Kit for the 600 and 900 lb. ADS Series Cylinders .......................... 3-21
1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose ..................................................................................... 3-22
Nitrogen Actuator Mounting Bracket and Adapter ..................................................... 3-23
Flexible Actuation Hose......................................................................................... 3-24
Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Nitrogen Pilot Actuation ............................................. 3-24
Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Manifolded Cylinder Actuation..................................... 3-24
Orifice Fitting ...................................................................................................... 3-25
3/4 Check Diffuser.............................................................................................. 3-26
2 Flexible Discharge Hose .................................................................................... 3-27
3 Flexible Discharge Hose .................................................................................... 3-27
Valve Outlet Adapter ............................................................................................ 3-28
Check Valve ........................................................................................................ 3-29
Manifold El-Checks............................................................................................... 3-30
2 in. Swing Check Valve ....................................................................................... 3-31
3 in. Swing Check Valve ....................................................................................... 3-31
Pressure Operated Switch ..................................................................................... 3-32
Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof .............................................................. 3-32
T Flow Ball Position Valve Position Closed to Hazard ................................................. 3-33
L Flow Position Valve Position open to Hazard .......................................................... 3-33
3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X) ........................................ 3-34
Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid........................................................................ 3-36
Pressure Regulator............................................................................................... 3-37
Pressure Operated Trip ......................................................................................... 3-37
Discharge Indicator .............................................................................................. 3-38
Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications ................................................................... 3-38

06-237256-001

xi

July 2014

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)


Figure
3-51
3-52
3-53
3-54
3-55
3-56
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-34

July 2014

Name
Page Number
1/2 E.M.T. Corner Pulley, General Applications ....................................................... 3-38
Main to Reserve Transfer Switch ............................................................................ 3-39
Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 2-D ......................................................................... 3-40
Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 3-D ......................................................................... 3-40
Cylinder Recharge Adapters .................................................................................. 3-41
Safety Outlets ..................................................................................................... 3-42
Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for ADS Series ............................................................... 4-10
Nozzle Placement and Coverage ............................................................................ 4-12
Nozzle Limitations................................................................................................ 4-13
Pressure Actuation using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Close-coupled .............. 4-16
Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Not Close-coupled ........ 4-17
Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ADS Cylinders, Not Close-coupled ................. 4-18
Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders,
Close-coupled. .................................................................................................... 4-19
Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with Single Driver ADS Series Systems................... 4-20
Close-coupled Manifold using pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ....................................................... 4-21
Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ....................................................... 4-21
Close-coupled Manifold Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ....................................................... 4-22
Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Pilot Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ....................................................... 4-23
Manifold Arrangement Kit for use with Dual Driver ADS Series Systems ...................... 4-24
Arrangement 1: 3-Way Ball Valves with Nitrogen Pilot Cylindes Dedicated
for Each Directional Valve Protecting Three Hazards ................................................. 4-26
Arrangement 2: 3-Way Ball Valves with One Nitrogen Pilot Controlled
by a 24 Vdc Solenoids Protecting Three Hazards ...................................................... 4-27
Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders............................................................... 4-28
Straight Through Orientation ................................................................................. 4-32
90 Orientation ................................................................................................... 4-32
Typical Single Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)......................... 4-34
Typical Multiple Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below) ...................... 4-35
Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping....................................... 4-37
Single Driver Top View ......................................................................................... 4-38
Dual Driver Top View ........................................................................................... 4-38
Single Driver Actuation Kit Assembly ...................................................................... 4-39
Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 200 lb. Cylinder........................................... 4-41
Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 350 lb. Cylinder........................................... 4-41
Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 600 lb. Cylinder........................................... 4-42
Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 900 lb. Cylinder........................................... 4-42
Single Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly
with Assembled Actuation Components ................................................................... 4-43
Dual Driver Actuation Kit Assembly ........................................................................ 4-44
Dual Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly
with Assembled Actuation Components ................................................................... 4-46
Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 600 lb. Systems .................................. 4-46
Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 900 lb. Systems .................................. 4-47
Electrical Connections for Control Head (P/Ns WK-890181-000) ................................. 4-48

xii

06-237256-001

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)


Figure
4-35
4-36
4-37
4-38
4-39
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13

Name
Page Number
Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................................ 4-49
Electric/Cable Operated Control Head ..................................................................... 4-50
Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch ............................................................ 4-54
Supervisory Pressure Switch Electrical Connections .................................................. 4-54
Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating ....................... 4-55
Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................................... 5-5
LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb. Cylinder................................................................. 5-6
LLI Calibration Chart for 350 lb. Cylinder................................................................. 5-6
LLI Calibration Chart for 600 lb. Cylinder................................................................. 5-7
LLI Calibration Chart for 900 lb. Cylinder................................................................. 5-7
Valve Assembly ................................................................................................... 6-3
O-Ring, Piston ..................................................................................................... 6-3
2 Valve Piston Exploded View ............................................................................... 6-4
3 Valve Assembly ............................................................................................... 6-4
3-Inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly ......................................................................... 6-5
O-Ring, Piston ..................................................................................................... 6-6
2 Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly .......................................................... 6-7
3 Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly .......................................................... 6-7
5/8-inch I-Valve for Nitrogen Driver ....................................................................... 6-8
Plain Nut Discharge Head...................................................................................... 6-10
3/4-inch Check Diffuser ........................................................................................ 6-12
Typical Agent Charging System Schematic .............................................................. 6-14
Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data ................................................................. 6-21

06-237256-001

xiii

July 2014

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

July 2014

xiv

06-237256-001

LIST OF TABLES
Table
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28
3-29
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-34
3-35
3-36
3-37
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5

Name
Page Number
Agent Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(Based on a Cylinder Fill Density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.29 kg/m3]) ............................... 1-5
Nitrogen Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation............................................... 1-5
Agent Physical Properties, U.S. Customary Units ...................................................... 1-6
Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature,
U.S. Customary Units ........................................................................................... 1-7
Agent Physical Properties, Metric Units.................................................................... 1-8
Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature,
Metric Units ........................................................................................................ 1-9
Dimensions, Agent Nitrogen Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only ..... 3-3
Fill Capacity: 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Capacity Nitrogen Drive Cylinder
and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only .............................................................. 3-4
Dimensions, Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only.................. 3-6
Fill Range Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only ..................... 3-6
Discharge Valve Equivalent Lengths (for 200, 350, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinders) ............. 3-7
Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(based on an agent cylinder fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.3 kg/m3]) ........................ 3-8
Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers ....................................................................... 3-9
Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, English.......................................................... 3-10
Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, Metric ........................................................... 3-10
Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English................................... 3-11
Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric .................................... 3-11
Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English................................... 3-12
Dimensions- Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric ................................... 3-12
Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps, English ......................................................... 3-13
Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric .......................................................... 3-13
Electric Operated Control Heads............................................................................. 3-14
Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads.................................................................... 3-15
Actuation Assembly Data for 200 and 350 lb. ADS Series Cylinders ............................ 3-20
Actuation Assembly Data for 600 and 900 lb. ADS Series Cylinders ............................ 3-21
1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose Data ............................................................................. 3-22
Nitrogen Assembly Data ....................................................................................... 3-23
Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose....................................................................... 3-24
Orifice Fitting Data ............................................................................................... 3-25
Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses..................................................................... 3-27
Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter .......................................................................... 3-28
Check Valves. Equivalent Lengths .......................................................................... 3-29
Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks ............................................................................. 3-30
El-Check, Equivalent Length .................................................................................. 3-30
Swing Check Valve Data ....................................................................................... 3-31
3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications.................................................... 3-34
3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications (cont.) ......................................... 3-35
Pneumatic Actuator Specifications .......................................................................... 3-35
Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications .......................................................................... 3-36
Pressure Regulator Specifications ........................................................................... 3-37
Dimensions, 180 and 360 Discharge Nozzles ........................................................ 3-40
Dimensions-Cylinder Recharge Adapters ................................................................. 3-41
Safety Outlets ..................................................................................................... 3-42
Agent Fire Suppression Use Concentrations ............................................................. 4-2
Class B Suppression Design Concentrations ............................................................. 4-4
Agent Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), English ........................................ 4-6
Agent Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric.......................................... 4-7
Atmospheric Correction Factors ............................................................................. 4-8

06-237256-001

xv

July 2014

LIST OF TABLES (CONT.)


Table
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
5-1
5-2
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
7-1
7-2

July 2014

Name
Page Number
6 X Pipe Diameters .............................................................................................. 4-11
Pipe Size vs. Flow Rate ......................................................................................... 4-14
Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Single Driver ADS Series System ..................... 4-20
Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Dual Driver ADS Series System ....................... 4-24
3-Way Ball Valve ................................................................................................. 4-25
Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations........................................................................ 4-28
3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Data ................................................................ 4-33
Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, English Units ................... 4-37
Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, Metric Units .................... 4-37
Center to Center Distance Range ........................................................................... 4-38
Single Driver Actuation Kit Components .................................................................. 4-39
Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit Part Numbers .................................................... 4-44
Preventative Maintenance Schedule........................................................................ 5-1
Retest Schedule .................................................................................................. 5-9
Valve Components ............................................................................................... 6-3
Other Valve Components ...................................................................................... 6-3
3 Valve Components ........................................................................................... 6-5
Safety Disc Replacement Table .............................................................................. 6-7
I-Valve Components............................................................................................. 6-8
Safety Disc Replacements for the I-Valve ................................................................ 6-9
Plain Nut Discharge Head Replacement Part Numbers ............................................... 6-10
Replacement Parts for Post-Discharge Maintenance .................................................. 6-12
Typical Agent Charging System Schematic .............................................................. 6-14
Pressure vs. Temperature ..................................................................................... 6-16
Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates ........................................................................ 6-18
Nitrogen Fill Weights ............................................................................................ 6-20
UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles....................................................... 7-7
UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles....................................................... 7-10

xvi

06-237256-001

General Information

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-1

INTRODUCTION
The Kidde Fire Systems ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System (Kidde ECS ADS)
Series with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as agent) is listed by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) and approved by FM Approvals. These systems are
designed for total flooding in accordance with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2001,
Standard for Clean agent Extinguishing Systems. These systems have been tested to UL 2166,
Standard for Halocarbon Clean agent Extinguishing System Units, and other parameters
established jointly by UL and FM Approvals. In any situation not specifically covered by this
manual, the application and installation of the system must meet the requirements of the
standards as stated. In any case, all installations must meet the requirements of the local
Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
Kidde ECS ADS Series uses a unique method for propelling the agent from the storage cylinder,
through the system piping and out of the discharge nozzles. Nitrogen gas pressure from a
separate storage cylinder is introduced into the vapor space of the cylinder at a controlled rate.
This nitrogen pressure acts to propel the liquid agent through the pipe system at a higher flow
rate than is possible from systems which combine the nitrogen with the agent in one storage
container. The Kidde ECS ADS Series is capable of using smaller pipe sizes to discharge larger
quantities of agent than stored-pressure technology. The Kidde ECS ADS Series can also propel
the agent longer distances through a pipe network, permitting the placement of storage
cylinders farther from the protected hazard.
The Kidde ECS ADS Series are extremely well suited to applications involving remote agent
storage, and situations which limit the maximum pipe size to be used. This system can be
successfully applied to many existing Halon 1301 system pipe networks, providing easy retrofit
of these systems to a new clean agent with long-term availability.
The complexity of nitrogen introduction into the cylinder vapor space, and the resulting flow of
the agent through the pipe network, does not allow for a simple method of manual hydraulic
flow calculation. For this reason, the clean agent flow calculations have been incorporated into
a computer software program that has been rigorously validated by testing. The calculation
routine determines the flow, density, and pressure of small quantities of agent as it progresses
through the pipe, while conserving mass, energy and momentum. This method tracks the
agent from initiation of discharge to the final vapor blowdown, and ensures each nozzle will
discharge the required mass of agent in the predicted time, and at a predicted nozzle discharge
pressure. The computer program will not permit the design of systems that fall outside the
predetermined parameters set by the standards previously discussed.
The system designer must become familiar with the hardware and design sections and the
latest version of the flow calculation software program. The required procedures must be used
to determine the proper system design for the hazard in question, as well as to input the design
parameters into the computer program (for more information see the latest version of the Flow
Calculation Software Users Guide 06-237256-004).
System installers, inspectors and service personnel must become familiar with the hardware,
installation, inspection and service sections of this manual, as well as all WARNING and
CAUTION declarations in this manual. Failure to comply with all warnings may result in death,
serious injury and property damage.

06-237256-001

1-1

July 2014

General Information

1-2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1-2.1

Applications
The Kidde ECS ADS Series are used to suppress fires in specific hazards where:

A clean agent is required to keep cleanup time and downtime to a minimum.

An electrically non-conductive agent is required to avoid additional equipment damage.

Suppression capability with low weight and small storage space is a factor.

The hazard is occupied by personnel, creating human safety concerns.

Kidde ECS ADS Systems are designed for the following classes of fire:

Class A Surface Type Fires: Wood, plastics or other type material

Class B Fires: Flammable liquids (see Table 4-2)

Class C Hazards: Energized electrical equipment

For hazards beyond the scope described above, the designer must consult with Kidde Fire
Systems and NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 on the suitability of the agent for protection, necessary
design concentration and personnel exposure effects from that concentration.
The agent shall not be used on fires involving the following materials, unless they have been

tested to the satisfaction of the AHJ:

Certain chemicals or mixtures of chemicals, such as cellulose nitrate and gunpowder, that
are capable of rapid oxidation in the absence of air.

Reactive metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, titanium, zirconium, uranium and plutonium.

Metal hydrides.

Chemicals capable of undergoing autothermal decomposition, such as certain organic peroxides and hydrazine.

ADS Series Systems are especially suitable for:

1-2.1.1

Data processing facilities

Data and records storage areas

Telecommunications facilities

Electrical switchgear areas

Process control rooms

High-value medical facilities

High-value industrial equipment areas

Libraries, museums, art galleries and similar areas

Anechoic and other environmental test chambers

Flammable liquid storage and use areas

Engine test stands

Chemical mixing rooms

Oil and gas production, refining and handling facilities

Operating Temperature Range Limitations


The operating temperature range for all components used in the Kidde ECS ADS Series is 32F
to 130F (0C to 54C). The components are tested within this range and may not perform as
specified outside this range.

July 2014

1-2

06-237256-001

General Information

1-2.1.2

Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations


The temperature of the location for the agent storage containers depends on the design of the
system.

1-2.1.2.1

Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range


In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal, the agent cylinder and
nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 32F to 130F (0C to 54C).

1-2.1.2.2

Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range


In unbalanced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent
cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 60F and 80F (16C and
27C).
The latest version of the flow calculation software is written and tested for a 70F (21C) agent
cylinder storage temperature (for more information see latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software Users Guide 06-237256-004). If the agent cylinder storage temperature is outside
of this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from one or more nozzles in
an unbalanced system, resulting in one or more hazards receiving an insufficient concentration
of agent.

1-2.2

Extinguishing Agent
The agent is also known by its AHSRAE designation as FK-5-1-12, and by its chemical name
dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one. Chemically the agent is a fully fluorinated ketone, a
compound consisting of carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Its molecular formula is
(CF3CF2C(O)CF(CF3)2). It is colorless, electrically non-conductive and has a low odor. It
extinguishes fires primarily by thermo-physical mechanisms with minimal affect on the
available oxygen. This allows people to see and breathe, permitting them to leave the fire area
safely.
The agent is acceptable for use in occupied spaces when used in accordance with the United
States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP)
program rules.
Although the agent is considered non-toxic to humans in concentrations necessary to
extinguish most fires, certain safety considerations should be observed when applying and
handling the agent. The discharge of the agent may create a hazard to people from the
undecomposed agent itself and from the decomposition products which result when the agent
is exposed to fire or other hot surfaces. Exposure to the agent is generally of less concern than
is exposure to the decomposition products. Unnecessary exposure to the agent and its
decomposition products shall be avoided in conformance with the requirements of 1.5.1.2.1 in
NFPA 2001, Edition 2012.

06-237256-001

1-3

July 2014

General Information

1-2.2.1

Toxicity
Unnecessary exposure to clean agents is to be avoided in accordance with the requirements of
NFPA-2001. As such, upon operation of a system pre-discharge alarm, all personnel should
immediately exit the protected space. In no case shall personnel remain in a room in which
there is a fire. In the very unlikely instance where a clean agent system should discharge
unexpectedly into an occupied room, all personnel should proceed in a calm and orderly
manner to an exit and leave the room.
The agent has been evaluated for cardiac sensitization in accordance with test protocols
approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). The EPA's SNAP
Program classifies the agent as acceptable for use as a total flooding agent in occupied spaces
with specific limitations. Refer to the SNAP program rules or NFPA 2001 for more information.
The agent has been judged acceptable by the U.S. EPA for use in occupied spaces when used
in accordance with the guidance of NFPA 2001. In accordance with NFPA 2001, Kidde
Engineered Systems designed for use with agent vapor concentrations up to ten volume
percent in air are permitted. See NFPA 2001, Sect. 1-6, Safety. Although the agent has low
toxicity at concentrations in air needed to extinguish most fires, certain safety considerations
must be observed when applying and handling the agent.

1-2.2.2

Decomposition
The interaction of agent vapor with flames during extinguishment results in the formation of
decomposition products including halogen acids. Early fire detection and prompt discharge of
the agent results in rapid flame extinguishment keeping the amount of decomposition product
formation to a minimum.

1-2.2.3

Cleanliness
The agent is clean and leaves no residue, thereby eliminating costly after-fire clean-up and
keeping expensive downtime to a minimum. Most materials such as steel, stainless steel,
aluminum, brass and other metals as well as plastics, rubber and electronic components are
unaffected by exposure to the agent during a discharge.

1-2.2.4

Other Safety Considerations


The high pressure discharge of the agent from a system nozzle can create noise loud enough
to be startling. The high velocity discharge can be significant enough to dislodge objects
located directly in the discharge path. Enough turbulence may be created in the enclosure to
move unsecured paper and other light objects. Direct contact with the vaporizing agent
discharged from a nozzle will have a chilling effect on objects, and can cause frostbite burns
to the skin in extreme cases.
The agent itself is colorless. Discharge of the agent into a humid atmosphere may cause fog
and reduce visibility for a short time.

July 2014

1-4

06-237256-001

General Information

1-2.2.5

Storage
The agent is stored in steel cylinders as a liquid, super-pressurized with nitrogen to 360 psig
at 70F (24.8 bar gauge at 21C).
The nitrogen is stored in a seamless steel container at 1800 psig at 70F (124 bar gauge at
21C). The pressure of both containers (agent and nitrogen) varies substantially with
temperature, as illustrated in Tables 1-1 and 1-2. Tables 1-3 and 1-4 give the physical
properties of agent.
Table 1-1. Agent Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(Based on a Cylinder Fill Density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.29 kg/m3])
Temperature F

Temperature C

Pressure psig

Pressure Bar

32

0.0

333

23.0

40

4.4

339

23.4

50

10.0

346

23.9

60

15.6

353

24.3

70

21.1

360

24.8

80

26.7

367

25.3

90

32.2

374

25.8

100

37.8

381

26.3

110

43.3

388

26.8

120

48.9

396

27.3

130

54.4

403

27.8

Table 1-2. Nitrogen Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation


Temperature F

Temperature C

Pressure PSIG

Pressure Bar

32

1670

115.2

06-237256-001

40

4.44

1697

117.1

50

10.00

1732

119.4

60

15.56

1766

121.8

70

21.11

1800

124.1

80

26.67

1834

126.5

90

32.22

1868

128.9

100

37.78

1903

131.2

110

43.33

1937

133.6

120

48.89

1971

135.9

130

54.44

2005

138.3

1-5

July 2014

General Information

Pressure-Temperature Curve
Isometric Diagram

1300
1200
92.4 lb/ft3
1100

88.6 lb/ft3

1000

Pressure (psig)

900
800
700
600
70 lb/ft3

500
400
300
200
100
0
0

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

225

Temperature (F)

Figure 1-1. Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, U.S. Customary Units

Table 1-3. Agent Physical Properties, U.S. Customary Units


Description

Units

Molecular Weight

Value

N/A

316.04

Boiling Point at 1 atm

120.6

Freezing Point

-162.4

Critical Temperature

335.6

Critical Pressure

psia

270.44

Critical Volume

ft.3/lbm

0.0251

Critical Density

lbm/ft.3

39.91

Specific Heat, Liquid at 77F

BTU/lb-F

0.2634

Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant Pressure (1 atm) and 77F

BTU/lb-F

0.2127

BTU/lb

37.9

Relative Dielectric Strength 1 atm at, 77F (N2 = 1)

N/A

2.3

Solubility of Water in agent at 77F

N/A

<0.001% by wt.

Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point

Note: NFPA 2001 Reference: FK-5-1-12 Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one

July 2014

1-6

06-237256-001

General Information

Table 1-4. Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature,
U.S. Customary Units
Pressure, psig
Fill Density
Temp, F

06-237256-001

35 lb./ft.3

40 lb./ft.3

50 lb./ft.3

60 lb./ft.3

70 lb./ft.3

32

324

322

317

311

299

40

331

330

326

320

310

50

341

340

337

333

326

60

350

350

348

346

342

70

360

360

360

360

360

80

370

371

372

375

379

90

381

382

385

390

399

100

392

394

399

407

421

110

404

406

413

424

446

120

416

419

428

443

472

130

428

432

444

463

501

1-7

July 2014

General Information

Pressure-Temperature Curve
Isometric Diagram

120
1480 kg/m3

Pressure/bar(g)

100

80

1420 kg/m3

60

40

1121 kg/m3

20

0
-20

-10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Temperature (C)

Figure 1-2. Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Metric Units

Table 1-5. Agent Physical Properties, Metric Units


Description

Units

Molecular Weight

Value

N/A

316.04

Boiling Point at 1 atm

49.2

Freezing Point

-108.0

Critical Temperature

168.7

Critical Pressure

kPa

18.65

Critical Volume

cc/mole

494.5

Critical Density

kg/m3

639.1

Specific Heat, Liquid at 25C

kJ/kg C

1.103

Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant Pressure (1 atm) and 25C

kJ/kg C

0.891

Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point at 25C

kJ/kg C

88.0

Relative Dielectric Strength 1 atm at 734 mm Hg, 25C (N2 = 1.0)

N/A

2.3

Solubility of Water in agent at 25C

N/A

0.001% by weight

Note: NFPA 2001 Reference=FK-5-1-12=Dodecafluoro-2-Methylpentan-3-one

July 2014

1-8

06-237256-001

General Information

Table 1-6. Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature, Metric Units
Pressure, kPa
Fill Density
Temp, C

560 kg/m3

640 kg/m3

801 kg/m3

961 kg/m3

1121 kg/m3

2234

2221

2190

2141

2060

4.4

2284

2274

2248

2208

2140

10

2349

2342

2323

2295

2246

15.6

2415

2412

2402

2386

2359

21.1

2484

2484

2483

2482

2480

26.7

2555

2559

2568

2584

2611

32.2

2629

2637

2658

2691

2753

37.8

2705

2717

2751

2805

2906

43.3

2784

2802

2849

2925

3073

48.9

2867

2889

2951

3054

3255

54.4

2953

2981

3059

3190

3454

06-237256-001

1-9

July 2014

General Information

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

July 2014

1-10

06-237256-001

Operation

CHAPTER 2
OPERATION
2-1

INTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the controls and indicators for the Kidde ECS ADS Series with 3M
Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as agent).

2-2

SYSTEM CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

2-2.1

General
The agent storage container, also referred to as the agent cylinder-valve assembly, consists of
a steel cylinder fitted with a discharge valve assembly that includes a siphon tube that extends
nearly to the bottom of the cylinder. The agent storage container is super-pressurized to 360
psig with dry nitrogen. Additional nitrogen is stored in a secondary high-pressure cylinder.
When the secondary nitrogen cylinder discharge valve is actuated by a control head, the
nitrogen pressure operates a pneumatic control head on the agent cylinder while
simultaneously delivering nitrogen to the agent cylinder through the nitrogen diffuser check
valve. Pressurized agent is then propelled through the agent discharge valve and into the pipe
network.
The agent travels through the system pipe network to the discharge nozzle(s) where the agent
is discharged as fine droplets, which quickly vaporize in the air of the protected space. The
discharge nozzle(s) control the flow of the agent and ensure proper agent distribution
throughout the hazard.

2-3

OPERATING PROCEDURES

2-3.1

Automatic Operation
When a system is operated automatically via a detection and control system, all personnel
must evacuate the hazard area promptly upon hearing the predischarge alarm. Make sure no
one enters the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.

2-3.2

Remote Manual Operation


Operate as follows:
1. Proceed to the appropriate remote manual pull station for the hazard.
2. Operate the manual pull station.
3. Leave the hazard area immediately.
4. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
Note: The above instructions must be posted on display in the protected area.

06-237256-001

2-1

July 2014

Operation

2-3.3

Local Manual Operation

CAUTION

Local manual control is not part of the normal system actuation and should only
be used in an emergency as a last resort.

Operate as follows:
1. Proceed to the appropriate master nitrogen driver and the agent cylinder for the hazard.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen cylinder control head.
3. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.
4. Leave the hazard area immediately.
5. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.

2-3.4

Local Manual Operation UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves (P/N 9022003X-00X)


Note: Not FM Approved for use with the Kidde ECS ADS Series (UL Listed only).
Local manual caution override operation of solenoid for directional valves is not part of the
normal system actuation and should only be used in an emergency as a last resort.
1. Proceed to the appropriate nitrogen pilot cylinder.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen pilot cylinder control head.
3. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.
4. Proceed to the appropriate directional valve for the zone requiring extinguishment.
5. Depress the red button on the solenoid and turn clockwise 1/4-turn to open the directional
valve.
Note: Turning the button clockwise 1/4-turn locks the valve open. The directional valve will
remain open as long as a minimum of 40 PSI (2.75 bar gauge) remains in the line to
the solenoid.
6. Proceed to the appropriate master nitrogen driver and the agent cylinder for the zone in
alarm.
7. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen cylinder control head.
8. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.

CAUTION
2-3.5

Consideration must be given to the number of personnel necessary to locally


operate the directional valves and cylinders in an emergency situation.

Post-Discharge Service
After an agent discharge, qualified fire suppression system maintenance personnel must
perform post-discharge service, as directed in Chapter 6 of this manual. Observe all warnings,
especially those pertaining to the length of elapsed time before entering the hazard area.
Ensure that all post-discharge ventilation systems have operated in accordance with the
system working plans before entering the hazard area.
Do not enter a hazard area with an open flame or lighted smoking materials.
The possible presence of flammable vapors may cause re-ignition or explosion.
Ensure fire is completely extinguished before ventilating the hazard area.

WARNING

July 2014

Before permitting anyone to enter the hazard area, ventilate the area to purge
all combustion gases and agent vapors. Alternatively, use self-contained
breathing apparatus when entering the hazard area after system discharge.

2-2

06-237256-001

Operation

2-4

CYLINDER RECHARGE
1. Recharge all agent and nitrogen driver cylinders immediately after use by returning all cylinders to an authorized Kidde distributor or qualified refill agency.
2. Refill in accordance with procedures outlined in Chapter 6 of this manual.

2-5

SPECIAL SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

2-5.1

Systems Actuated with a Master Cylinder


In systems where a master agent cylinder and nitrogen driver set actuates a pressure operated
control head on additional slave cylinder sets, the pressure in the flexible actuation hose line
is vented into the discharge manifold following the system discharge. The pressure drop in the
pilot line allows the pressure operated control head to automatically reset. However, as a
precaution before reinstating the system, ensure that the control head actuating pin is in the
retracted (SET) position.

2-5.2

Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder


In systems where a pilot nitrogen cylinder actuates a pressure operated control head on a slave
nitrogen driver cylinder, nitrogen pressure is trapped in the pilot manifold when the system
actuates and is not self-venting. Therefore, before reattaching a pressure operated control
head to a recharged agent cylinder, the following procedure must be performed to ensure that
the pilot manifold is vented and the pressure operated control heads have returned to the SET
position.
1. Vent any remaining pressure from the pilot line and remove the master control head from
the nitrogen pilot cylinder(s). Reset the master control head and remove the pressure operated control head(s) from the slave cylinder(s).
2. Recharge and reinstall the nitrogen pilot cylinders to the correct charged pressure and reinstall the master control head.
3. Before installing a pressure operated control head on an agent cylinder, ensure that the
actuator pin is in the retracted (SET) position.
4. Follow all other procedures and cautions as detailed in Chapter 6 of this manual.

06-237256-001

2-3

July 2014

Operation

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

July 2014

2-4

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

CHAPTER 3
COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
3-1

INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides a functional description of the modules and assemblies in the Kidde ECS
ADS Series.

3-2

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Compressed 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as agent) is held in the
agent storage container by a discharge valve. When the discharge valve is actuated, the liquid
agent discharges through the valve outlet and is directed through the distribution piping to the
nozzles. The nozzles provide the proper flow rate and distribution of the agent.
The Kidde ECS ADS Series is composed of the following components and assemblies:

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly(s)

Agent Cylinder/Valve Assembly

Liquid Level Indicator

Cylinder Straps

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Equipment

Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment

Control Head for the Nitrogen Driver Valve

Cable Manual Pull Station (for Nitrogen Driver Only)

Actuation Assembly Kit

1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose(s)

Flexible Actuation Hose

Tees, Elbows and Adapters

Discharge Accessories Nitrogen Driver: 3/4 Orifice Fitting

Discharge Accessories for agent Cylinder: Flexible Discharge Hose, Valve Outlet Adapters,
Check Valves, Manifold El-Checks, Pressure Operated Switches, Swing Checks, Directional
Valves, Electric Solenoid, Pressure Operated Trip, Discharge Indicator, Corner Pulleys,
Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch

Discharge Nozzles

Hydrostatic Test Adapter

Agent Cylinder Recharge Adapter

Agent Cylinder Seating Adapter

Detector

Control Panel

Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2 show the above components in two typical configurations.

06-237256-001

3-1

July 2014

Component Descriptions

fire suppression
panel

PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH


3P.D.T.

UL
FM

pressure
operated
switch

detector

electric
control
head

valve

FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS

PULL HANDLE
R

PULL HARD

KIDDE-FENWAL

pull station

distribution
piping

pressure
gauge

nozzle
liquid level
indicator

N2
Driver

Agent
Storage
Cylinder

Figure 3-1. Typical Agent System with Electric Control Head

pull station
FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS

PULL HANDLE
R

PULL HARD

KIDDE-FENWAL

pressure
gauge
corner
pulley

valve

cable operated
control head
nozzle

Agent
Storage
Cylinder

N2
Driver

Figure 3-2. Typical Agent System with Cable Operated Control Head

July 2014

3-2

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3

COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS

3-3.1

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assemblies


Nitrogen is stored in steel cylinders at 1800 PSIG (124.1 bar gauge). The cylinder/valve
assembly is equipped with a pressure gauge and a safety burst disc in compliance with
Department of Transportation (DOT) requirements. The discharge valve is also equipped with
a port for the supervisory pressure switch.
In addition, each cylinder/valve assembly is provided with a safety cap and a protection cap
which is a safety feature to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge. See Figure 3-3,
Table 3-1, and Table 3-2 for reference.
The safety cap must be installed on the discharge valve outlet whenever a
cylinder valve assembly is not connected to the system piping. Failure to install
the safety cap could result in serious bodily injury, death or property damage in
the event of inadvertent and unexpected cylinder discharge.

WARNING

TYPE "I" CYLINDER


VALVE
THREAD FOR
DISCHARGE HEAD

CONTROL
PORT

SAFETY DISC
ASSEMBLY

PRESSURE
GUAGE

THREAD FOR
PROTECTION CAP

CYLINDER

Figure 3-3. 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Drive Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount
Only
Table 3-1. Dimensions, Agent Nitrogen Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Volume
in.3

m3

in.

mm

in.

mm

Burst
Disc
Color

45-502300-X01

2300

0.0377

55

1390

8.5

215

White

45-504070-X01

4070

0.0667

62

1570

10.5

266

White

45-504890-X01

4893

0.0801

69

1753

11.25

28

White

Part Number

Height A

Diameter B

Note:
All cylinders require the 5/8 valve.
Supervisory Switch does not impact dimensions or volume.
-101 indicates a cylinder with the supervisory switch. -001 indicates a cylinder without the
supervisory switch.

06-237256-001

3-3

July 2014

Component Descriptions
The Kidde ECS ADS Series engineered equipment listed herein is designed for an operating
temperature range of 32F to 130F (0C to 54C). The flow calculation software program is
designed for a 70F (21C) container operating/storage temperature (for more information see
latest version of the Flow Calculation Software Users Guide 06-237256-004). Therefore, the
container operating and storage temperature must be in the range of 60F to 80F (16C to
27C) for a single unbalanced system protecting two or more separate hazards. If the
container operating and storage temperature is outside this range, an insufficient quantity of
agent may be discharged from one or more discharge nozzles.
Table 3-2. Fill Capacity: 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Capacity Nitrogen Drive Cylinder and Valve
Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only
Part Number

Fill Weight (Nominal)

Empty Weight

lb.

kg

lb.

kg

45-502300-X01

12.2

5.5

102 2

46.3 0.9

45-504070-X01

21

9.5

186 3

84.4 1.4

45-504890-X01

25.1

11.4

270 3

122.5 1.0

Note:
Supervisory Switch does not impact weights.
-101 indicates a cylinder with the supervisory switch. -001 indicates a cylinder without the supervisory
switch.

3-3.1.1

Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauges


Kidde Fire Systems offers two options for nitrogen driver pressure gauges. P/N: 06-118328001 is a supervised en.Gauge option which can be connected to a control panel to report pressure troubles with the drive cylinder. P/N: 06118253-001 is a pressure gauge which has to be
checked manually.

Figure 3-4. en.Gauge Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge P/N: 06-118328-001

Figure 3-5. Standard Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge P/N: 06-118253-001

July 2014

3-4

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.1.2

Plain Nut Discharge Head (P/N WK-872450-000)


At installation, each nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly must be equipped with a plain
nut discharge head to actuate the cylinder valve. The discharge head is assembled to the top
of the cylinder valve and contains a spring-loaded piston which, when actuated by nitrogen
pressure, is designed to depress the main check in the valve and transfer the contents of the
nitrogen tank into the agent cylinder. The transfer outlet is designed to mate with the swivel
adapter on the 1 flexible transfer hose (P/N 06-118207-00X). The discharge head also
contains an integral stop check which, in the event that a cylinder is removed from the Kidde
ECS ADS Series assembly, automatically prevents the loss of nitrogen during the system
transfer. The plain nut discharge head allows the nitrogen driver to be actuated by the control
head (electric or pneumatic) or by back pressure discharge in the manifold.
3.81"
(97 mm)
PISTON
BALL
RETAINER
STOP
CHECK

BALL
CHECK
SPRING

3.94"
(100 mm)

DISCHARGE
OUTLET
3/4" NPS

SET
POSITION

2 1/2 - 14N-3

OPERATED
POSITION

OUTER O-RING
P/N WK-242466-000
SWIVEL NUT
(FOR CONNECTION
TO CYLINDER VALVE)

INNER 0-RING
P/N WK-242467-000
STEM

Figure 3-6. Plain Nut Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000

06-237256-001

3-5

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.2

Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies


The agent is stored in steel cylinders as a liquid, super-pressurized with nitrogen to 360 PSIG
at 70F (27.92 bar gauge at 21C). The cylinder valve assembly is equipped with a safety burst
disc in compliance with DOT requirements. Each cylinder has a liquid level indicator to help with
determining agent remaining.
In addition, each cylinder/valve assembly is provided with a safety cap and a protection cap
which is a safety feature to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge. (See Figure 3-6 and
Tables 3-4 and 3-5.)

WARNING

The safety cap must be installed on the discharge valve outlet whenever a
cylinder valve assembly is not connected to the system piping. Failure to install
the safety cap could result in serious bodily injury, death or property damage in
the event of inadvertent and unexpected cylinder discharge.
SAFETY CAP

CYLINDER VALVE
LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
LIFTING LUGS

CYLINDER

CYLINDER
NAMEPLATE

Figure 3-7. 200, 350, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only
Table 3-3. Dimensions, Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Valve Height
Height
(C)

Diameter
(A)

Part Number

With LLI

45-500201-001

Yes

52.75

1340

12.75

324

47.5

1207

45-500351-001

Yes

58.36

1482

16

406

53.1

1349

45-500601-001

Yes

58.5

1486

22

559

50.3

1278

45-500901-001

Yes

70

1778

24

610

61.8

1570

(B)

Table 3-4. Fill Range Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Fill Range
Part Number

Empty Weight

Volume

lb.

kg

lb.

kg

ft.3

m3

45-500201-001

100-200

45.4-90.7

136

62

2.885

0.0817

45-500351-001

175-350

79.4-158.8

206

93

5.0654

0.1434

45-500601-001

300-600

136.1-272.2

370

168

8.68

0.246

45-500901-001

455-910

206.4-412.8

505

230

13

0.368

July 2014

3-6

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions
The Kidde ECS ADS Series engineered equipment listed herein is designed for an operating
temperature range of 32F to 130F (0C to 54C). Table 3-7 shows the container pressuretemperature relationship based on a maximum fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 (1121.3 kg/m3). The
latest version of the flow calculation software program is designed for a 70F (21C) container
operating/storage temperature (for more information see latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software Users Guide 06-237256-004). Therefore, the container operating and storage
temperature must be in the range of 60F to 80F (16C to 27C) for a single unbalanced
system protecting two or more separate hazards. If the container operating and storage
temperature is outside this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from
one or more discharge nozzles. Figure 3-8and Figure 3-9 represent the 2 and 3 valve
arrangements.
All agent cylinders can are supplied with an integral liquid level indicator (see Paragraph 33.3). See Table 3-5 for discharge valve equivalent lengths.
Table 3-5. Discharge Valve Equivalent Lengths (for 200, 350, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinders)

Part Number

Nomenclature

Discharge Outlet

Equivalent Length w/o


Flex Hose

Equivalent Length w/
Flex Hose

ft.

ft.

45-500201-001

200 lb. Cylinder

59

18

65

19.81

45-500351-001

350 lb. Cylinder

59

18

65

19.81

45-500601-001

600 lb. Cylinder

50

15.2

80

24.4

45-500901-001

900 lb. Cylinder

50

15.2

80

24.4

PRO CAP
ACTUATION
PORT

OUTLET
PROTECTION
CAP

SAFETY
CAP

Figure 3-8. 2 Valve General Arrangement

06-237256-001

3-7

July 2014

Component Descriptions

PROTECTIVE
CAP
ACTUATION
PORT

VICTAULIC
FITTING AND PLUG

SAFETY
CAP

Figure 3-9. 3 Valve General Arrangement


Table 3-6. Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(based on an agent cylinder fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.3 kg/m3])
Temperature
(F)

July 2014

Agent Cylinder Pressure

Nitrogen Driver Pressure

PSIG

Bar

PSIG

Bar

32

333

23.0

1670

115.2

40

339

23.4

1697

117.1

50

346

23.9

1732

119.4

60

353

24.3

1766

121.8

70

360

24.8

1800

124.1

80

367

25.3

1834

126.5

90

374

25.8

1868

128.9

100

381

26.3

1903

131.2

110

399

26.8

1937

133.6

120

396

27.3

1971

135.9

130

403

27.8

2005

138.3

3-8

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.3

Liquid Level Indicator (P/Ns WK-283894-000 and 06-118266-001)


The liquid level indicator consists of a hollow metal tube inserted into a special fitting in the top
of the agent cylinders (see Figure 3-10 and Table 3-7). The indicator is provided with a
graduated tape that senses the position of a toroidal magnet encased within an internal float
riding on the liquid surface. The graduations on the tape indicate the liquid level within the
cylinder. The agent quantity is determined using calibration charts (see Figure 5-2 through
Figure 5-5.)

CAP

GRADUATED TAPE
P/N WK-283894-000
SHOWN IN MAGNETIC
INTERLOCK POSITION
READY TO TAKE READING.

READING TAKEN AT TOP


EDGE OF FITTING

O-RING
BRASS TUBE
TAPE INSIDE
BRASS TUBE

AGENT
CYLINDER

AGENT LEVEL

MAGNETIC END OF
TAPE ENGAGES
IN MAGNETIC FIELD
OF FLOAT WHEN
TAPE IS PULLED
UP TO TAKE READING.
MAGNET EMBEDDED
IN FLOAT.
FLOAT - FLOATS ON SURFACE
OF AGENT.
FREE TO MOVE UP OR DOWN
OUTSIDE OF BRASS TUBE.

RETAINER - FLOAT RESTS


HERE WHEN CYLINER
IS EMPTY.

Figure 3-10. Liquid Level Indicator


Table 3-7. Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers
Cylinder

06-237256-001

Liquid Level Part Number

200

WK-283894-000

350

WK-283894-000

600

WK-283894-000

900

06-118266-00

3-9

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.4

Combined Cylinder Straps for 200 and 350 lb. Systems


(P/Ns 06-236127-001 and 06-236126-001)
The agent cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinders are secured in place using the combined
cylinder strap. The strap is to be bolted to a solid wall or a strut assembly in three locations:
left, right and center. Use 1/2 threaded rod and/or 1/2 diameter nuts, bolts and washers to
secure the mounting strap to a vertical surface. After the containers are securely mounted,
they can then be connected to the discharge piping per the system drawings. The Combined
Cylinder Strap is available for the 200 lb. cylinder (P/N 06-236127-001) and for the 350 lb.
cylinder (P/N 06-236126-001). See Figures 3-10 and 3-11 and Tables 3-9 and 3-10 on the
following page for more information.
B
F
D

E
G
H
(hole diameter)

8.625 DIA.

12.905 DIA.

Figure 3-11. 200 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap


B
F
E

H
(hole diameter)

10.875 DIA.

16.156 DIA.

Figure 3-12. 350 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap


Table 3-8. Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, English
Part Number

Cylinder Size

06-236127-001

200

11.91

27

7.88

8.2

6.06

11.1

1.75

0.562

06-236126-001

350

15.16

32.28

9.88

9.83

7.19

13.12

1.75

0.562

Note: Dimensions are in inches.

Table 3-9. Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, Metric


Part Number

Cylinder Size

06-236127-001

200

303

686

200

208

154

282

44

14

06-236126-001

350

385

820

251

250

183

333

44

14

Note: Dimensions are in millimeters.

July 2014

3-10

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.5

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Equipment for 200 and 350 lb.
Systems

3-3.5.1

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps (P/N WK-270014-000 and P/N


WK-270157-000)
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical position.
Cylinder straps (P/Ns WK-270014-000 and WK-270157-000) are available for both the 2300
cu. in. and the 4070 cu. in. drivers. See Figure 3-13 and Table 3-10and Table 3-11.

F (hole size)
C
D

Figure 3-13. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap


Table 3-10. Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English
Part Number

Cylinder Size

WK-270014-000

2300

7.94

11.5

10.4

3.5

WK-270157-000

4070

10

14

12.4

1.75

4.5

Note: Dimensions are in inches

Table 3-11. Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric


Part Number

Cylinder Size

WK-270014-000

2300

202

292

264

25

89

WK-270157-000

4070

254

356

315

44

114

Note: Dimensions are in millimeter

06-237256-001

3-11

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.5.2

Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps for 600 and 900 lb.
Systems (P/N 06-236173-001 and P/N 06-236174-001)
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical position. Cylinder straps
(P/Ns 06-236173-001 and 06-236174-001) are available for both the 4070 cu. in. and the
4890 cu. in. drivers. See Figure 3-14and Figure 3-15 and Table 3-13 and Table 3-14.
C
D
F (hole size)

Figure 3-14. Cylinder Straps for the 4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver
C
D
F
B

E
A

Figure 3-15. Cylinder Straps for the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver
Table 3-12. Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English
Part Number

Cylinder Size

06-236173-001

4070

21.4

10.9

13.6

1.75

15.75

06-236174-001

4890

22.4

11.4

14.1

1.75

16.5

Note: Dimensions are in inches.

Table 3-13. Dimensions- Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric


Part Number

Cylinder Size

06-236173-001

4070

544

277

345

44.4

399

15.9

06-236174-001

4890

569

290

358

44.4

419

15.9

Note: Dimensions are in millimeters

July 2014

3-12

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.6

Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment (P/Ns 06-235317-001, WK281866-000, WK-294651-000 and 06-236125-001)
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical position.
Cylinder strap are available for all size cylinders. See Figure 3-16, Table 3-14 and Table 3-15.
B

F (hole size)
C
D

Figure 3-16. Agent Cylinder Mounting Straps


Table 3-14. Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps, English
Part Number

Cylinder Size

Cylinder
O.D.

06-235317-001

200

12.75

12.175

16.18

14.56

1.75

5.59

0.625

WK-281866-000

350

16

15.5

19.5

17.88

1.75

7.25

0.625

WK-294651-000

600

22

21.56

25.75

24.12

1.75

10.25

0.625

06-236125-001

900

24

23.75

27.75

26

1.75

12.13

0.625

Note: Dimensions are in inches

Table 3-15. Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric


Part Number

Cylinder Size

Cylinder
O.D.

06-235317-001

200

324

309

411

370

44

142

16

WK-281866-000

350

406

394

495

454

44

184

16

WK-294651-000

600

558.8

547.62

654.05

612.65

44.15

260.35

15.88

06-236125-001

900

610

603

704.65

660.4

44.15

308.1

15.88

Note: Dimensions are in millimeters

3-3.7

Control Heads for Nitrogen Driver Valve Only


A suitable control unit, specifically Listed and Approved as a releasing device for use with the
following electric control heads shall be provided for the supervision of releasing circuits per

06-237256-001

3-13

July 2014

Component Descriptions
NFPA requirements. In addition, a 24-hour back-up power source shall be provided per NFPA
requirements.

3-3.7.1

Electric Control Head (P/N WK-890181-000)


The electric control head provides for electric actuation of the nitrogen driver cylinder valve. It
is operated electrically from a detection and control system or a remote manual station, or
locally with a manual lever on the electric control head. See Figure 3-17 and Table 3-16.
Note: The Kidde ECS ADS Series equipment listed herein is designed for an operating temperature range of 32F to 130F (0C to 54C).
CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE
ELECTRIC CONDUIT 3/4 NPT FEMALE
LOCKING PIN
SEAL WIRE
PU

ELECTRIC
CONTROL HEAD

6.18"
(157 mm)

LOCAL MANUAL
RELEASE LEVER

VOLTS
AMPS
PART NO.

SWIVEL NUT
INDICATOR AND
RESET STEM

TO RESET
USE SCREWDRIVER

SET

1-1/4 18NF-3
THREAD

RELEASED

MADE IN U. S. A.
KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
400 MAIN STREET
ASHLAND, MA 01721

4.00"
(102 mm)

Figure 3-17. Electric Control Head


Table 3-16. Electric Operated Control Heads

July 2014

Part Number

Type

Voltage

Amps

WK-890181-000

Standard

24 Vdc

3-14

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.7.2

Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads (P/Ns 81-895630-000 and WK897494-000)


The electric/cable operated control head mounts directly on the nitrogen driver cylinder valve,
and provides for both electric actuation or remote cable operation. The control head is operated
remotely by an electrical signal from a detection system or electric manual pull station. The
control head can also be operated mechanically from a remote cable operated manual pull
station or locally using the manual lever on the control head.

CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE


ELECTRIC CONDUIT 1/2" NPT
FEMALE

OPERATING SOLENOID
UL LISTED FOR USE IN
THE FOLLOWING HAZARDOUS
LOCATIONS:
CLASS GROUP OP. TEMP.
-13 TO +150F
I
C
(-25 TO +65C)
-40 TO +150F
I
D
(-40 TO +65C)
II
E,F,G -40 TO +150F
(-40 TO +65C)

CONNECTING WIRES
36" (914 mm) LONG

LOCKING PIN

CABLE
PULL

VOLTS
HZ AMPS

ELECTRIC
CONTROL HEAD

TO RESET
USE SCREWDRIVER
FOR
MAINTENANCE
SEE
INSTRUCTIONS
RELEASED
SET

PART NO.
MADE IN U.S.A.
KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
400 MAIN STREET
ASHLAND, MA 01721

INDICATOR AND
RESET STEM

PU

7.375
(187 mm)

SEAL WIRE
CONNECTION FOR
REMOTE PULL BOX
PIPE OR CONDUIT
3/8" NPS MALE
LOCAL MANUAL
RELEASE LEVER

4.937
(125 mm)
CONNECTION FOR CABLE
HOUSING TO SECOND
CONTROL HEAD IF USED
3/8" NPS FEMALE.
USE PNEUMATIC CONTROL
HEAD CABLE HOUSINGS

SWIVEL NUT
1.500 (38 mm) HEX
1.250-18 NF-3 THREAD

Figure 3-18. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head


Table 3-17. Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
Part Number

Type

Voltage

Amps

Rating

81-895630-000

Standard

24 Vdc

2.0 momentary

N/A

WK-897494-000

Explosion Proof

24 Vdc

1.65 continuous

33.0 Watts

06-237256-001

3-15

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.7.3

Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 81-979469-000)


The cable operated control head is used for systems designed for manual operation only. It
mounts directly on the side of the nitrogen driver cylinder valve and is operated remotely from
a cable manual pull station or locally using the manual lever on the control head. The cable
operated control head is self-venting to prevent accidental system discharge in the event of a
slow build up of pressure (see Figure 3-19).

LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER


SEAL WIRE
LOCKING PIN
DIRECTION OF
PULL

CLOSURE
DISC

THREADED NUT 3/8" NPS FOR PIPE


1/16" CABLE

4.25"
(108 mm)
3/8" PIPE (OR 1/2" EMT
WITH ADAPTER
P/N WK-843837-000)

SWIVEL
NUT
1.50"
(38 mm)
5.25"
(133 mm)
1-1/4"-18 NF-3
FEMALE

CABLE CLAMP AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY

Figure 3-19. Cable Operated Control Head

3-3.7.4

Lever Operated Control Head (P/N WK-870652-000)


The lever operated control head is equipped with an operating lever that is secured in the
closed position by a safety pull pin. By removing the safety pin, the lever can be manually
rotated to the open position, thereby activating the cylinder or valve on which it is installed
(see Figure 3-20).

LOCKING PIN

ALLOW APPROX. 2" (50 mm)


CLEARANCE FOR
OPERATION OF LEVER
CLOSED
BODY

SEAL WIRE
LEVER
TO OPEN
3.17"
(81 mm)

SWIVEL
NUT
1.50"
(38 mm)
1-1/4"-18 NF-3
FEMALE
3.00"
(76 mm)

SET
OPERATED

STEM

Figure 3-20. Lever Operated Control Head

July 2014

3-16

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.7.5

Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 82-878751-000)


The lever/pressure operated control head allows manual or pressure actuation of several
system components, including nitrogen driver cylinder valves and nitrogen actuators (see
Figure 3-21).

ALLOW APPROX. 2" (50.8 mm)


CLEARANCE FOR
OPERATION OF LEVER

LEVER
SAFETY PIN

CLOSED
SEAL WIRE
OPEN
TO OPEN

1/8" NPT PRESSURE


INLET

4.50"
(114.3 mm)

PISTON

BODY

SET
OPERATED
1.250-18 UNEF-3B
3.00"
(76.2 mm)

Figure 3-21. Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head

WARNING

06-237256-001

Before resetting a lever/pressure-operated control head, all pressure must be


relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines. Pressure can be relieved from
unvented actuation tubing by loosening the fitting on the control head slightly
and allowing the line to bleed out completely. Failure to perform this action can
result in damage to the control head.
When attaching the lever/pressure-operated control head to the valve, the
swivel nut must be tightened to a torque of 55 ft-lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
nut as directed may result in leakage during actuation.

3-17

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.7.6

Pressure Operated Control Head (P/Ns 82-878737-000 and 82-878750-000)


The pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878737-000) allows for pressure actuation of
nitrogen driver cylinders, and is mounted directly on the side of the nitrogen driver cylinder
valve (see Figure 3-22). Pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-000) offers a
stackable design and is used where an electric/mechanical control head actuation is also
required on the same cylinder (see Figure 3-23).

1.00" HEX
(25.4 mm)

1/8"-27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET
PISTON

2.19"
(55.6 mm)

SWIVEL NUT

SET
OPERATED

1.250-18
UNEF-3B
1.50" HEX
(38 mm)

Figure 3-22. Pressure Operated Control Head

1.250-18 UNEF-3A

CAP RETAINER

0.125-27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET

3.48"
(88.4 mm)

PISTON
BODY

SET
OPERATED
1.250-18 UNEF-3B

STEM

Figure 3-23. Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head

July 2014

3-18

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.8

Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface (P/N 81-871403-000)


The surface type remote cable manual pull station is a cable operated device. To actuate the
ADS Series Nitrogen Driver, break the glass plate on the box using the attached hammer and
pull the handle (see Figure 3-24).

OPTIONAL
NAMEPLATE
(BY INSTALLER)

2 - NAMEPLATE
BRACKETS (SUPPLIED WITH
PULL BOX)
4-COVER
SCREWS

FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS

PULL HANDLE
R

3/8 PIPE

PULL
HANDLE

5.87"
(149 mm)

PULL HARD

KIDDE-FENWAL
400 Main Street - Ashland, MA 01721-2150
Tel(508)881-3000
FAX(508)881-0020

1/16 CABLE
HAMMER
P/N
WK-800450-000

5.00"
(127 mm)
BREAK GLASS
P/N WK-928103-000

2.25"
(57 mm)
PULL HANDLE

CABLE FASTENER FOR 1/16 CABLE

3/8 NPT FEMALE


SECTION VIEW

2 - HOLES FOR 1/4


MOUNTING SCREWS
(SCREWS NOT SUPPLIED
WITH PULL BOX)

Figure 3-24. Cable Manual Pull Station

06-237256-001

3-19

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.9

Actuation Accessories

3-3.9.1

Actuation Assembly Kit for 200 and 350 lb. Cylinders (P/N 06-129882-001)
Gas pressure from the nitrogen cylinder is routed to the agent Cylinder Valve in order to
actuate the valve. Actuation of the agent valve is done by using the 200 and 350 lb. Actuation
Assembly Kit. See Figure 3-25 and Table 3-18 for more details. The kit consists of:

(1) 3/4 Nitrogen Transfer Fitting, P/N 06-118220-001

(2) 1/8 NPT x 1/4 flare, P/N 06-118191-001

(1) 1/8 branch tee, P/N 06-118193-001

(1) 3/16 flexible loop, P/N 06-118192-001

(1) 1/8 Schrader valve, P/N WK-263303-000

(1) 1/4 flare Schrader cap, P/N WK-263304-000

(1) Pneumatic control head, P/N 82-878737-000

2
4

Figure 3-25. Actuation Assembly Kit for the 200 and 350 lb. ADS Series Cylinders
Table 3-18. Actuation Assembly Data for 200 and 350 lb. ADS Series Cylinders

July 2014

Item No.

Qty.

Part Number

06-236124-001

Nitrogen transfer fitting

82-878737-000

Pressure operated control head

06-118191-001

Fitting flared 1/8 x 1/4

06-118193-001

3/16 flexible actuation hose

06-118192-001

1/8 branch tee

WK-263303-000

1/8 Schrader valve

WK-263304-000

1/8 Schrader valve cap

3-20

Description

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.9.2

Actuation Assembly Kit for 600 and 900 lb. cylinders (P/N 06-129985-001)
Gas pressure from the nitrogen cylinder is routed to the agent Cylinder Valve in order to
actuate the valve. Actuation of the agent valve is done by using the 600 and 900 lb. Actuation
Assembly Kit (P/N 06-129985-001). See Figure 3-26 and Table 3-19 for more details. The kit
consists of:

(1) Nitrogen Transfer Y Fitting, P/N 06-236260-001

(2) 1/8 NPT x 1/4 flare, P/N 06-118191-001

(1) 1/8 branch tee, P/N 06-118193-001

(1) 3/16 flexible loop, P/N 06-118192-001

(1) 1/8 Schrader valve, P/N WK-263303-000

(1) 1/4 flare Schrader cap, P/N WK-263304-000

(1)Pneumatic control head, P/N 82-878737-000

2
4
1

Figure 3-26. Actuation Assembly Kit for the 600 and 900 lb. ADS Series Cylinders
Table 3-19. Actuation Assembly Data for 600 and 900 lb. ADS Series Cylinders

06-237256-001

Item No.

Qty.

Part Number

06-236260-001

Nitrogen transfer Y fitting

82-878737-000

Pressure operated control head

06-118191-001

Fitting flared 1/8 x 1/4

06-118193-001

3/16 flexible actuation hose

06-118192-001

1/8 branch tee

WK-263303-000

1/8 Schrader valve

WK-263304-000

1/8 Schrader valve cap

06-118330-001

3/4 Nipple

3-21

Description

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.9.3

1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose (P/N 06-118207-00X)


Nitrogen is routed from the driver cylinder's discharge head to the 3/4 transfer fitting (located
on the agent cylinder) by a flexible 1 rubber covered hose with wire-braided reinforcements
(see Figure 3-27and Table 3-20).
Note: When connecting the hose, torque to 60-80 ft-lbs. Over or under torquing could result
in leakage.

A
3/4-14NPT
1.375 HEX (REF)

1.375 HEX (REF)

1.500
1.000 DIA
DIA MIN.

1.625 DIA.
1.250 HEX (REF)

3/4-14NPSM

Figure 3-27. 1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose


Table 3-20. 1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose Data

July 2014

Part Number

Description

Dimension A

06-118207-001

For use with 350 lb. system

18.00

06-118207-002

For use with 200 lb. system

14.75

06-118207-003

For use with 600 lb. and 900 lb. systems

23.62

3-22

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.9.4

Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter (P/Ns WK-877940-200,


WK-877845-000 and WK-699205-010)
The nitrogen actuator is used in multiple cylinder and main/reserve systems. When activated
by a control head, gas pressure is routed from the nitrogen cylinder to pressure operated
control heads mounted on each driver cylinder, resulting in a complete system discharge (see
Figure 3-28 and Table 3-21).
Table 3-21. Nitrogen Assembly Data
Part Number

Description

WK-877940-200

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, 1800 PSI at 70F (124 bar gauge at 20C)

WK-877845-000

Mounting Bracket

WK-699205-010

Mounting Adapter

GAUGE
PLUG

SAFETY
OUTLET

OUTLET PORT-1/8" NPT FEMALE


ATTACH ADAPTER HERE

1/8" NPT
MALE

5/16"-TUBING
MALE
ADAPTER
P/N WK-699205-010

1-1/4"-18 NF-3
FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION
CYLINDER P/N WK-877940-200
BRACKET P/N WK-877845-000
16"
(406 mm)

3.56"
(90 mm)

Figure 3-28. Nitrogen Actuator Mounting Bracket and Adapter

06-237256-001

3-23

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.9.5

Flexible Actuation Hose (P/N 06-118193-00X)


The flexible actuation hose is used in multiple cylinder systems. Pilot pressure is directed to a
pressure operated control head on each nitrogen driver cylinder valve using a 1/4-inch
actuation hose (see Figure 3-29 and Table 3-22).

STAINLESS STEEL
BRAID
EXTRUDED
TEFLON INNERCORE

0.250-45 SAE SWIVEL - BRASS


7/16-20 (0.437- 20) THREAD

Figure 3-29. Flexible Actuation Hose


Table 3-22. Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose
Dimension A

Part Number

3-3.9.6

(inches)

(mm)

06-118193-001

16

406

06-118193-003

22

559

06-118193-002

36

116

Tees, Elbows and Adapters


Tees, elbows and adapters connect actuation hoses to pressure operated control heads in
multiple cylinder system installations (see Figure 3-30 and Figure 3-31).

MALE CONNECTOR
1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING
P/N WK-699205-010
MALE ELBOW

MALE BRANCH TEE

1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING


P/N WK-699205-030

1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING


P/N WK-699205-050

Figure 3-30. Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Nitrogen Pilot Actuation

1/8 FLARE ADAPTER


1/8 NPT X 3/16 TUBING
P/N 06-118191-001
1/8 ELBOW
1/8 NPT X 3/16 TUBING
P/N 06-118284-001

1/8 BRANCH TEE


1/8 NPT x 3/16 TUBING
P/N 06-118285-001

Figure 3-31. Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Manifolded Cylinder Actuation

July 2014

3-24

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.10

Discharge AccessoriesNitrogen Driver Cylinder

3-3.10.1 3/4 Orifice Fitting (P/N 85-194129-XXX)


The 3/4 Orifice Fittings are designed to provide the proper regulated flow rate of nitrogen to
the agent cylinder (see Figure 3-32 and Table 3-23).

1.500 in.
(38 mm)
HEX.

0.750-14 NPT

2.21 in.
(56 mm)
3.05 in.
(77.5 mm)
1.000-16 UN-2A

Figure 3-32. Orifice Fitting


Table 3-23. Orifice Fitting Data

06-237256-001

Part Number

Diameter (in.)

Area (in.2)

85-194129-107

0.107

0.009

85-194129-111

0.111

0.0097

85-194129-116

0.116

0.0106

85-194129-120

0.12

0.0113

85-194129-129

0.129

0.0131

85-194129-136

0.136

0.0145

85-194129-144

0.144

0.0163

85-194129-156

0.156

0.0191

85-194129-170

0.17

0.0227

85-194129-182

0.182

0.026

85-194129-199

0.199

0.0311

85-194129-213

0.213

0.0356

85-194129-234

0.234

0.043

85-194129-261

0.261

0.0535

85-194129-281

0.281

0.062

85-194129-316

0.316

0.0784

85-194129-348

0.348

0.0951

85-194129-391

0.391

0.1201

85-194129-438

0.438

0.1507

85-194129-484

0.484

0.184

3-25

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.11

Discharge AccessoriesAgent Cylinder

3-3.11.1 3/4 Check Diffuser


The 3/4 check diffuser has two specific purposes: it acts as a check valve to allow the
container to be shipped with agent, however, primarily it is used to distribute the nitrogen in
a horizontal pattern within the vapor space of the agent cylinder. The nitrogen then acts as a
gas piston pushing the agent out of the cylinder, up through the siphon tube. The check diffuser
is installed into the agent cylinder at the factory and shipped with a safety cap (see
Figure 3-33).

VALVE SEAT
P/N 06-235930-001

COPPER GASKET
P/N WK-326420-000

CUP CHECK ASSEMBLY


P/N 06-129860-001

SPRING

RETAINING RING

SPRING SEAT

O-RING
P/N WK-566109-160

3/4 CHECK
DIFFUSER BODY

Figure 3-33. 3/4 Check Diffuser

July 2014

3-26

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.2 Flexible Discharge Hose (P/N WK-283899-000 and 06-118225-001)


agent is routed from the storage cylinders to the discharge piping by a flexible rubber covered
hose with wire braided reinforcements. These hoses come in 2 and 3 sizes. The hose is
connected to the discharge outlet of the agent cylinder valve and terminates at the system
piping or discharge manifold (see Figure 3-34 and Figure 3-35 and Table 3-24).

HOSE
AGENT CYLINDER VALVE
CONNECTION, SWIVEL NUT

SYSTEM PIPE CONNECTION,


MALE NPT THREAD

Figure 3-34. 2 Flexible Discharge Hose

CONVOLUTED HOSE WITH


STAINLESS STEEL BRAID OVERLAY
3" MALE SCHEDULE 40
GROOVED FITTING TYP.
Figure 3-35. 3 Flexible Discharge Hose
Table 3-24. Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses
Part Number

Size (in.)

WK-283899-000
06-118225-001

06-237256-001

Dimension A

Min. Bend Radius

in.

mm

in.

mm

31

787.4

13.5

342.9

54

1372

24

610

3-27

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.3 Valve Outlet Adapters (P/N WK-283905-000)


A valve outlet adapter connects the cylinder valve outlet to the discharge piping when a flexible
discharge hose is not used (see Figure 3-36and Table 3-25).
Note: A valve outlet adapter is not required for the 3 valve.

B (valve outlet connection)

A (system pipe connection)


Figure 3-36. Valve Outlet Adapter
Table 3-25. Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter
Part Number

Size (in.)

WK-283905-000

211 NPT

2.50012 UNJ

July 2014

3-28

in.

mm

in.

mm

3.12

79.25

3.00 HEX

76.2

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.4 Check valves


Check valves are installed in sections of piping in main/reserve systems to prevent the
actuation of the reserve system when the main system is discharged. (See Table 3-26 for
equivalent lengths.)
1/4-inch check valves (P/N WK-264985-000) are installed in the pilot manifold to ensure the
proper number of cylinders are discharged (see Figure 3-37).
DIRECTION
OF FLOW

1/4"-18NPT (TYP.)

2.00"
(51 mm)

.81"
(21 mm)
HEX

Note: Install the valve with the arrow pointing in the direction of flow.

Figure 3-37. Check Valve


Table 3-26. Check Valves. Equivalent Lengths

Part Number

Nomenclature

Pipe Type

Equivalent Length
ft.

81-800327-000

Check Valve, 1/2 NPT

40 T and 40 W

2.13

81-800266-000

Check Valve, 3/4 NPT

40 T and 40 W

17

5.18

WK-800443-000

Check Valve, 1 NPT

40 T and 40 W

12

3.66

81-800444-000

Check Valve, 1 NPT

40 T and 40 W

51

15.54

81-870152-000

Check Valve, 1 NPT

40 T and 40 W

57

17.37

81-870151-000

Check Valve, 2 NPT

40 T and 40 W

165

50.29

WK-263716-000

Check Valve, 2 NPT

40 T and 40 W

268

81.69

81-870100-000

Check Valve, 3 NPT

40 T and 40 W

795

242.31

06-237256-001

3-29

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.5 Manifold EL-Checks (P/N WK-877690-000)


Manifold El-checks are installed at the discharge manifold in a multiple cylinder arrangement
to allow removal of any agent cylinder from the manifold while still retaining a closed system.
The 2-inch El-check is used on the 200 and 350 lb. cylinders (see Figure 3-38 and Table 327and Table 3-28).

CAUTION

Manifold El-checks are not intended to be used as check valves in main/reserve


systems. Misuse of parts may cause system malfunction.

VALVE BODY

C
FOR CONNECTION TO SYSTEM
MANIFOLD

ARROW INDICATES FLOW


DIRECTION

CHECK

Figure 3-38. Manifold El-Checks


Table 3-27. Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks
Part Number

Size

WK-877690-000

3.93(99.8 mm)

4.88(123.95 mm)

2 - 11 NPT

Table 3-28. El-Check, Equivalent Length


Part Number

Nomenclature

Pipe Type

Equivalent Length (ft)

Equivalent Length (m)

WK-877690-000

2 El-Check

40 T and 40 W

16

4.88

July 2014

3-30

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.6 Swing Checks (P/N 06-118213-001 and 06-118058-001)


Swing checks are installed at the discharge manifold for a multiple cylinder arrangement to
maintain a closed system. See Figure 3-39 and Figure 3-40, as well as Table 3-29 for more
information.

4.56 in.
(116 mm)

6.31 in.
(160 mm)

2 NPT

2 NPT
Figure 3-39. 2 in. Swing Check Valve

8.06 in.
(205 mm)
3" NPT
FEMALE

3" NPT
FEMALE

53MAX.
SWING ANGLE

9.30 in.
(236 mm)

Figure 3-40. 3 in. Swing Check Valve


Table 3-29. Swing Check Valve Data
Part Number

Description

Pipe Type

Equivalent Length (ft)

Equivalent Length (m)

06-118213-001

2 in.

40 T and 40 W

13.4

4.08

06-118058-001

3 in.

40 T and 40 W

13.0

3.96

06-237256-001

3-31

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.7 Pressure Operated Switches (P/N 81-486536-000 and P/N 81-981332-000)


Pressure switches operate from system pressure upon discharge to energize or de-energize
electrically operated equipment. Pressure switches may be used to shut down machinery and
ventilation or to annunciate system discharge. See Figure 3-42 and Figure 3-39 on the
following page for more details.

OPERATED

OPERATED

SET

SET

STEM SHOWN IN SET POSITIONPULL UP ON STEM TO MANUALLY


OPERATE SWITCH

0.375" (9.52 mm)


WIRING
SCREW
TERMINALS

4.00"
(101.6 mm)

8 COVER SCREWS

PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH


3P.D.T.

TO RESET PUSH
STEM TO SET
POSITION

UL
FM

15 AMP 125 Vac


10 AMP 250 Vac
3/4 HP 1-2-3 PH 125-480 Vac

4.00"
(101.6 mm)

FRONT VIEW
COVER REMOVED
SUPPLY PIPE WITH UNION

FRONT VIEW

OPERATING PRESSURE = 50 PSI MIN


PRESSURE TESTED 1000 PSI

SWITCH 3PDT

BOX - 3 - CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS


EACH SIDE

COVER

GASKET

NPT FEMALE - CONNECT TO SYSTEM PIPING

SIDE SECTION

Figure 3-41. Pressure Operated Switch

STEM IN OPERATED
POSITION
1" NPT FEMALE BOTH ENDS
FOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION
SWITCH SUPPLIED WITH
2 - 1" NPT PIPE PLUGS

STEM IN SET POSITION PULL UP ON STEM TO


MANUALLY OPERATE
SWITCH

TO RESET PUSH
STEM TO SET
POSITION

4.37"
(111 mm)

SET

POSITION

3 POLE
PRESSURE
OPERATED
EXPLOSION
PROOF
SWITCH

CLUTCH

6.31"
(160.27 mm)

3 POLE
SINGLE
THROW
TOGGLE
SWITCH

9.00"
(228.6 mm)
6 - COVER
SCREWS

GAS

INLET

30 AMP 250 Vac


20 AMP 600 Vac
2 HP 100-600 V
3 PHASE AC

OPERATING HEAD
EXPLOSION PROOF
MACHINED JOINT.
DO NOT USE GASKET
OR MAR SURFACES.

2 - 13/32"
MOUNTING HOLES

3.50"
(88.9 mm)
4.18"
(106.17 mm)

UNION CONNECTION

PRESSURE INLET 1/2" NPT FEMALE

Figure 3-42. Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof


July 2014

3-32

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.8 3-Way Directional Valves


The Kidde ECS ADS Series offers the use of directional valves for protection of multiple hazards
from one central storage bank of agent and nitrogen driver cylinders. An open valve is used
to allow agent to flow into the side and through the (branch) outlet of the valve, and a closed
valve would be used to allow agent to flow through the run outlet of the valve.
Note: Per NFPA 2001, in sections where a valve arrangement introduces sections of closed
piping, such sections shall be equipped with pressure relief devices, or the valves shall
be designed to prevent entrapment of liquid. For pressure relief of manifold arrangements using directional valves, use a safety outlet (P/N 82-844346-000).

PIPING TO HAZARD

AGENT
SOURCE

TOP VIEW
Figure 3-43. T Flow Ball Position Valve Position Closed to Hazard
PIPING TO HAZARD

AGENT
SOURCE

TOP VIEW

Figure 3-44. L Flow Position Valve Position open to Hazard

06-237256-001

3-33

July 2014

Component Descriptions
3-3.11.8.1 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X)
The 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) are used for applications where a single bank of
cylinders are used to protect multiple hazards. The directional valves have a factory installed
pneumatic, spring loaded actuator and range in sizes from 1/2 to 4. The directional valves
can be installed in the network, provided that they are accounted for in the software
calculation. See Table 3-30, Table 3-31, Table 3-32 and Figure 3-45 for more information. For
installation information, see Paragraph 4-3.6.

C
B

A
Figure 3-45. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X)
Table 3-30. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications

A*

C*

Valve
Working
Pressure

1/2

3.50 in.

0.688

11.23 in.

400 PSIG

200 in.-lb.

90-220030-002

3/4

4.00 in.

0.824

12.13 in.

400 PSIG

250 in.-lb.

90-220030-003

4.00 in.

1.000

12.13 in.

400 PSIG

250 in.-lb.

90-220031-001

6.00 in.

1.380

13.69 in.

400 PSIG

500 in.-lb.

90-220031-002

6.00 in.

1.500

13.69 in.

400 PSIG

500 in.-lb.

90-220031-003

7.25 in.

2.000

15.66 in.

400 PSIG

800 in.-lb.

90-220032-001

11.00 in.

3.000

21.44 in.

400 PSIG

3000 in.-lb.

90-220032-002

13.38 in.

4.000

24.68 in.

400 PSIG

4300 in.-lb.

Part Number
with Solenoid

Nominal
Size

90-220030-001

Dimensions

Breakaway
Torque

*Note: Dimensions are approximate for the entire assembly.

July 2014

3-34

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

Table 3-31. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications (cont.)

Port

T-Flow
Equivale
nt
Length

L-Flow
Equivale
nt
Length

NPT

Full

0.19 ft.

1.83 ft.

ENP Carbon Steel

NPT

Full

0.37 ft.

3.61 ft.

ENP Carbon Steel

NPT

Full

1.48 ft.

9.31 ft.

90-220031-001

ENP Carbon Steel

NPT

Full

1.19 ft.

11.65 ft.

90-220031-002

ENP Carbon Steel

NPT

Full

1.77 ft.

12.08 ft.

90-220031-003

ENP Carbon Steel

NPT

Full

1.82 ft.

13.75 ft.

90-220032-001

ENP Carbon Steel

Victaulic

Full

5.00 ft.

26.01 ft.

90-220032-002

ENP Carbon Steel

Victaulic

Full

7.73 ft.

32.42 ft.

Part Number
with Solenoid

Nominal
Size

Material

Inlets

90-220030-001

1/2

ENP Carbon Steel

90-220030-002

3/4

90-220030-003

Table 3-32. Pneumatic Actuator Specifications


Part Number
with Solenoid

Nominal
Size

Actuator
Mechanism

Actuator
Type

Actuator
Volume

Actuator
Torque

Working
Pressure

Maximu
m
Pressure

90-220030-001

1/2

Rack and
Pinion

Spring Return

30 cu. in.

865 in.-lb.

115 PSIG

145 PSIG

90-220030-002

3/4

Rack and
Pinion

Spring Return

30 cu. in.

865 in.-lb.

115 PSIG

145 PSIG

90-220030-003

Rack and
Pinion

Spring Return

30 cu. in.

865 in.-lb.

115 PSIG

145 PSIG

90-220031-001

Rack and
Pinion

Spring Return

61 cu. in.

1877 in.-lb.

115 PSIG

145 PSIG

90-220031-002

Rack and
Pinion

Spring Return

61 cu. in.

1877 in.-lb.

115 PSIG

145 PSIG

90-220031-003

Rack and
Pinion

Spring Return

61 cu. in.

1877 in.-lb.

115 PSIG

145 PSIG

90-220032-001

Rack and
Pinion

Spring Return

189 cu. in.

4887 in.-lb.

115 PSIG

145 PSIG

903-220032-002

Rack and
Pinion

Spring Return

299 cu. in.

8288 in.-lb.

115 PSIG

145 PSIG

06-237256-001

3-35

July 2014

Component Descriptions
3-3.11.8.2 Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid (P/N 06-118384-001)
The explosion proof pneumatic solenoid is a cost-effective component that is used with the
pneumatic actuators and 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X). With the
solenoid, one nitrogen pilot cylinder can be used for multiple directional valves. The solenoid
is factory set to normally closed. A signal from the panel opens the solenoid that is attached
to the appropriate pneumatic actuator. Pressure is then allowed to pass through the solenoid
and open the 3-Way Directional Valve. See Table 3-33 for valve operating data.

Figure 3-46. Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid


Table 3-33. Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications

July 2014

Description

Measurement

Pressure Range

15 to 115 PSIG

Voltage Rating

24 V dc

Power Consumption (DC)

7W

Power Consumption (AC)

6W

Coil

CG5

Weight

0.80 lb

Ports

1/4 NPT

Includes:

Locking Manual Override Button

3-36

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions
3-3.11.8.3 Pressure Regulator (P/N 06-118334-001) or (P/N 38-509803-001)
The pressure regulator is used up stream of the pneumatic solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001) or
the explosion proof pneumatic solenoid (P/N 06-118384-001) to regulate the nitrogen pressure
to 116 PSI (8 bar gauge) prior to operating the pneumatic actuator on the directional valve.

6.66

ASSEMBLY INLET,
1/4 NPT
ASSEMBLY OUTLET,
1/4 NPT

Figure 3-47. Pressure Regulator


Table 3-34. Pressure Regulator Specifications
Part Number

Description

06-118334-001

Pressure Regulator

38-509803-001

Pressure Regulator Kit

3-3.11.9 Pressure Operated Trip (P/N 81-874290-000)


Pressure trips are used to close off the hazard space upon system discharge. The trips,
operated by system pressure, are designed to release self-closing units for doors, windows and
dampers. The maximum load to be attached to a pressure trip is 100 lb. (45 kg). This is based
on a minimum pressure of 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.

Figure 3-48. Pressure Operated Trip

06-237256-001

3-37

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.10 Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000)


The discharge indicator may be installed in the discharge piping to visually indicate a system
discharge. When in the SET position, the discharge indicator acts as a vent (see Figure 3-49).
2.62"
(67 mm)

NORMAL POSITION
(PRE-DISCHARGE)
DISCHARGE
INDICATION
POSITION

BODY

NPT MALE

CAP
STEM-RED

0.93" (24 mm) HEX


ACROSS FLATS

Figure 3-49. Discharge Indicator

3-3.11.11 Corner pulleys (P/N 81-803808-000 and P/N WK-844648-000)


Corner pulleys change the direction of cable lines without binding to ensure smooth operation.
P/N 81-803808-000 is used for all watertight applications; P/N WK-844648-000 is used for all
industrial applications (see Figure 3-50 and Figure 3-51).
1.75"
(45 mm)

GASKET

COVER SCREW

BODY

0.62"
(16 mm)

2.13" (54 mm) DIA


COVER
3" -18 NPS FEMALE
8

0.81"
(21 mm)

Figure 3-50. Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications


0.62"
(16 mm)

ID D
E

COVER SCREW

UL

2 - E.M.T. CONNECTIONS
COMPRESSION TYPE
2.75"
(70 mm)
approx.

Figure 3-51. 1/2 E.M.T. Corner Pulley, General Applications

July 2014

3-38

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.12 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch (P/N 84-802398-000)


The main to reserve switch is installed on systems having main and reserve cylinders. Placing
the switch in either the MAIN or RESERVE position provides uninterrupted fire protection during
system maintenance or in the event of a system discharge (seeFigure 3-52).

NPT FEMALE
FOR ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
NAMEPLATE

SWITCH - DOUBLE
POLE DOUBLE
THROW

MAIN
5.37"
(136 mm)
4.62"
(117 mm)

2-COVER SCREWS
TOGGLE

6-CONNECTION
TERMINALS

TOGGLE
GUARDS
CONDULET
BOX

RESERVE
2.75"
(70 mm)
COMMON
L-1

Switch Rating:
30 Amps @ 120 Vac
A-1

2.12"
(54 mm)
2.50"
(64 mm)

B-1
A-2
L-2
B-2
WIRING DIAGRAM

Figure 3-52. Main to Reserve Transfer Switch

06-237256-001

3-39

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.11.13 Discharge Nozzles


The 180 and 360 discharge nozzles are designed to provide the proper flow rate and
distribution of the agent to flood a hazard area. The 180 nozzle is engineered to provide a
180 discharge pattern for sidewall applications. The 360 nozzle offers a full 360 discharge
pattern for installations where nozzles are located in the center of the hazard. See Figure 3-53,
Figure 3-54, and Table 3-37 on the following page for more details.

ORIFICE
DIAMETER
C

A
B
SECTION A-A

Figure 3-53. Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 2-D

B
Figure 3-54. Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 3-D
Table 3-35. Dimensions, 180 and 360 Discharge Nozzles
180 Nozzle

Nom. Size

360 Nozzle

1/2

1.47

3.00

1.50

1.44

3.00

1.50

3/4

1.52

3.00

1.50

1.47

3.00

1.50

1.98

5.00

3.00

1.92

5.00

3.00

1 1/4

2.06

5.00

3.00

1.96

5.00

3.00

1 1/2

2.13

5.00

3.00

2.00

5.00

3.00

2.29

5.00

3.00

2.08

5.00

3.00

Note: Dimensions are in inches

July 2014

3-40

06-237256-001

Component Descriptions

3-3.12

Other Accessories

3-3.12.1 Hydrostatic Test Adapters


The hydrostatic pressure test adapter is installed on the agent cylinder in place of the cylinder
valve when the cylinder is to be hydrostatically pressure tested. For cylinder test requirements,
see Paragraph 5-4.5.2 of this manual.

3-3.12.2 Agent Cylinder Recharge Adapters


The agent recharge adapter is installed in the cylinder discharge outlet during the cylinder
charging procedure. This adapter is used for refilling the cylinder with the agent (see
Figure 3-55 and Table 3-35).
A
O-RING SEAL
3/8 - NPT - (VENT VALVE
CONNECTION)

B (HEX)

3/8 - 18 NPT (CHARGE CONNECTION)

CYLINDER VALVE
OUTLET CONNECTION

Figure 3-55. Cylinder Recharge Adapters


Table 3-36. Dimensions-Cylinder Recharge Adapters
Part Number

Cylinder Size (lb.)

82-878758-000

200 and 350

in.

mm

in.

mm

4.06

103.12

3.25

82.55

Note: The cylinder recharge adapter is not required for use with the 600 and 900 lb. cylinders.

3-3.12.3 Agent Cylinder Seating Adapter (P/N WK-933537-000)


The agent seating adapter is installed on the cylinder actuation port during the cylinder
charging procedure. This adapter is used for seating the valve assembly after charging. The
seating adapter can also be used to charge the Nitrogen Driver Cylinder. Refer to
Paragraph 6-4.3 for further explanation.

06-237256-001

3-41

July 2014

Component Descriptions

3-3.12.4 Safety Outlets (P/N 81-803242-000 and P/N 82-844346-000)


These units are designed to protect against over-pressurization in closed sections of discharge
pipework, i.e., manifolds. The correct unit must be selected for the agent in use. See
Figure 3-56 and Table 3-37 for more information.
RETAINING NUT

SAFETY DISC

SEAL WIRE

BODY
1.78"
(45 mm)

3/4 NPT MALE

Figure 3-56. Safety Outlets


Table 3-37. Safety Outlets
Part Number

Agent

81-803242-000
82-844346-000

3-3.13

Pressure Relief Operates at


PSIG

Bar

Nitrogen

2400 to 2800

166 to 193

Agent

750 to 900

52 to 62

Detectors and Control Panels

3-3.13.1 Detectors
Detectors (ionization, photoelectric, thermal, ultraviolet, ultraviolet/infrared, etc.) interfacing
with Kidde systems must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for the intended application.

3-3.13.2 Control Panel


The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for releasing device service and
compatible with Kidde equipment.
Note: For additional control panel detail on the criteria required for use with directional valves,
refer to Paragraph 4-3.6.

July 2014

3-42

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

CHAPTER 4
DESIGN AND INSTALLATION
4-1

INTRODUCTION
The first part of this chapter outlines the steps needed to design a Kidde ECS ADS Series total
flooding fire extinguishing system including limitations imposed on the design by the system
hardware. The second part of this chapter explains equipment installation.

4-2

DESIGN PROCEDURE

4-2.1

General
The design of a Kidde ECS ADS Series total flooding fire extinguishing system as described
herein is based on the requirements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard
2001, Edition 2012. The Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) may impose additional
requirements not specifically addressed here.

4-2.2

Application
The following steps must be taken to design a Kidde ECS ADS Series:

Determine the classification of the fire hazard based on the type of combustible materials
contained in the protected enclosure. See Section 4-2.2.1.

Determine the agent design concentration required for the hazard.

Determine the number of nitrogen driver cylinders needed as required by the flow calculation software.

Determine the minimum and maximum ambient temperature for the hazard.

Determine the volume of the hazard.

Determine the integrity of the hazard.

Determine if any additional agent will be required to offset leakage of agent from the hazard.

Determine venting requirements for the hazard enclosure to avoid damage due to excess
positive or negative pressure differentials.

Determine post-discharge ventilation requirements.

Note: Where earlier editions of NFPA 2001 are enforced, it is acceptable to use the
minimum design concentration based on the requirements of the edition. The governing
authority or authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the design approach selected.

06-237256-001

4-1

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.2.1

Determine Minimum Use Concentration Required


A Class A surface fire hazard is one that involves ordinary combustible materials.
A Class B fire hazard is one that involves flammable and combustible liquids and flammable
gasses.
A Class C fire hazard is one that involves energized electrical equipment.
Table 4-1 shows the minimum design concentrations of 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as agent) for Class A surface fires and Class C fires in accordance with the
requirements of NFPA 2001. Refer to Table 4-2 for minimum design concentrations for hazards
the involve Class B fuels.
Note: The classification of a hazard where electric power to energized equipment has been
turned off prior to discharge of the extinguishing system is Class A.
Table 4-1. Agent Fire Suppression Use Concentrations
Occupancy Fire Risk

Agent Minimum Design


Concentration, vol.%

Class A surface fires

4.5

Class B

Minimum of 5.85
See Table 4-2

Class C fires (fires involving electrically energized equipment)

4.73

Note: Where NFPA 2001, 2008 ed. or earlier editions are enforced, it is acceptable to use the
minimum design concentrations based on the requirements of the accepted edition. The
governing authority or authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the
design approach selected.

4-2.2.2

Calculate Agent Required


Calculate the quantity of agent needed to provide the required design concentration at the
lowest expected hazard temperature. Refer to Table 4-3 (U.S. customary units) or Table 4-4
(metric units) to determine the flooding factor for selected agent concentrations and
temperatures. Alternatively, the agent quantity, W, can be calculated for hazard volume V at
temperature t using the following equations
W = (V/s)(C /(100 - C)

where s = a + b * t

U.S. Units

Metric Units

vol. %

vol. %

lb

kg

ft3

m3

ft3/lb

m3/kg

0.9856

0.0664

0.002441

0.0002741

The latest version of the flow calculation software calculates the required agent quantity for
the designer. Refer to the latest version of the Flow Calculation Software Users Guide 06237256-004 for more information.

July 2014

4-2

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-2.2.3

4-2.2.4

Determine the Type, Size, and Quantity of Components Required

Agent and Nitrogen driver cylinder size, quantity and fill requirements

Cylinder framing, mounting brackets, etc

Detection and control equipment required

Other system requirements, such as reserve supply, pressure switches, etc

Locate Nozzles
Locate nozzles based on the following:

4-2.2.5

Ceiling height (18.5 ft. [5.64 m] maximum, 1.0 ft. [0.305 m] minimum)

Nozzle area coverage

Special hazard area layout considerations

Locate Cylinders
Locate cylinders based on the following:

4-2.2.6

Number of cylinders required (include nitrogen driver)

Storage temperature/environmental considerations, such as area classification and


corrosive environment

Accessibility

Floor loading

Locate Piping
Locate piping based on the following:

4-2.2.7

Nozzle location

Structural members for bracing the pipe

Pipe Size and Layout


Determine pipe size and layout for the following factors:

Draw piping isometric

Dimensions of all pipe sections

Locate all fittings

Note all elevation changes

This information will be needed by the computer program.

06-237256-001

4-3

July 2014

Design and Installation


Table 4-2. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations
Note: Minimum design concentration for a Class B hazard is 5.85 vol. %.
Extinguishing
Concentration

Fuel

Minimum
Design
Concentration
vol. % (1)

Acetic acid

3.80

5.85

Acetone

4.30

5.85

Acetonitrile

2.90

5.85

n-Butane

4.60

5.98

2-Butoxy ethanol

5.20

6.76

Butyl acetate

4.20

5.85

Butyl alcohol (1-butanol)

4.90

6.37

Cyclohexane

4.50

5.85

Cyclopentane

4.10

5.85

Cyclopentanone

4.60

5.98

Diesel fuel

3.40

5.85

Diethyl ether

4.90

6.37

Dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO)

4.90

6.37

Ethane

5.60

7.28

Ethyl alcohol (ethanol)

5.50

7.15

Ethyl alcohol, denatured (92.2% EtOH, 4.6% IPA and 3.1% MeOH)

5.30

6.89

Ethyl acetate

4.70

6.11

Gasoline, 87 octane, unleaded

4.50

5.85

n-Heptane

4.50

5.85

Heptane, commercial

4.50

5.85

Hexanes, commercial

4.30

5.85

Hexene

4.60

5.98

hydraulic oil

5.20

6.76

hydrogen

10.3

13.39

hydrogen sulfide

4.20

5.85

Iso-butane

4.90

6.37

Isooctane (2,2,4-trimethylpentane)

4.70

6.11

Isopropyl alcohol (2-propanol)

4.90

6.37

Jet A

4.10

5.85

JP-4

4.20

5.85

JP-5

4.20

5.85

Methane

5.60

7.28

Methyl alcohol (methanol)

6.50

8.45

Methyl ethyl ketone

4.50

5.85

Methyl formate

5.40

7.02

Methyl isobutyl ketone

4.40

5.85

July 2014

4-4

06-237256-001

Design and Installation


Table 4-2. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations
Note: Minimum design concentration for a Class B hazard is 5.85 vol. %. (Continued)
Extinguishing
Concentration

Fuel

Minimum
Design
Concentration
vol. % (1)

Methyl siloxane

6.10

7.93

Methyl tert-butyl ether

4.50

5.85

Nitromethane

6.90

8.97

Octane

4.40

5.85

n-Pentane

4.70

6.11

Propane

5.80

7.54

Propyl alcohol (1-propanol)

5.40

7.02

Pyrrolidine

4.70

6.11

Stoddard Solvent (White Spirits)

4.20

5.85

Tetrahydrofuran

5.00

6.50

Toluene

3.50

5.85

Transformer oil

4.50

5.85

m-Xylene

3.40

5.85

Notes:
(1) MDC = MEC x 1.3 but not less than 5.85% in accordance with the UL and FM requirements that the Class B
design concentration cannot be less than that based on heptane, the fuel used in the listing and approvals test
programs.

06-237256-001

4-5

July 2014

Design and Installation

Table 4-3. Agent Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), English


Specific
Vapor
Volume
(ft3/lb)

4.20

4.50

4.73

5.00

5.85

6.00

7.00

8.00

9.00

10.00

0.9856

0.0445

0.0478

0.0503

0.0534

0.0630

0.0648

0.0764

0.0882

0.1003

0.1127

10

1.0100

0.0434

0.0467

0.0491

0.0521

0.0615

0.0632

0.0745

0.0861

0.0979

0.1100

20

1.0344

0.0424

0.0456

0.0479

0.0509

0.0601

0.0617

0.0728

0.0841

0.0956

0.1074

30

1.0588

0.0414

0.0445

0.0468

0.0497

0.0587

0.0603

0.0711

0.0821

0.0934

0.1049

32

1.0637

0.0412

0.0443

0.0466

0.0495

0.0584

0.0600

0.0708

0.0817

0.0930

0.1045

40

1.0832

0.0405

0.0435

0.0458

0.0486

0.0574

0.0589

0.0695

0.0803

0.0913

0.1026

50

1.1077

0.0396

0.0425

0.0448

0.0475

0.0561

0.0576

0.0680

0.0785

0.0893

0.1003

60

1.1321

0.0387

0.0416

0.0438

0.0465

0.0549

0.0564

0.0665

0.0768

0.0874

0.0981

70

1.1565

0.0379

0.0407

0.0429

0.0455

0.0537

0.0552

0.0651

0.0752

0.0855

0.0961

80

1.1809

0.0371

0.0399

0.0420

0.0446

0.0526

0.0541

0.0637

0.0736

0.0838

0.0941

90

1.2053

0.0364

0.0391

0.0411

0.0437

0.0516

0.0530

0.0624

0.0721

0.0821

0.0922

100

1.2297

0.0357

0.0383

0.0403

0.0428

0.0505

0.0519

0.0612

0.0707

0.0804

0.0904

110

1.2541

0.0350

0.0376

0.0395

0.0420

0.0495

0.0509

0.0600

0.0693

0.0789

0.0886

120

1.2785

0.0343

0.0369

0.0388

0.0412

0.0486

0.0499

0.0589

0.0680

0.0774

0.0869

130

1.3029

0.0336

0.0362

0.0381

0.0404

0.0477

0.0490

0.0578

0.0667

0.0759

0.0853

140

1.3273

0.0330

0.0355

0.0374

0.0397

0.0468

0.0481

0.0567

0.0655

0.0745

0.0837

150

1.3518

0.0324

0.0349

0.0367

0.0389

0.0460

0.0472

0.0557

0.0643

0.0732

0.0822

160

1.3762

0.0319

0.0342

0.0360

0.0382

0.0452

0.0464

0.0547

0.0632

0.0719

0.0807

Temp.
(F)

Agent Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (lb/ft3)


Design Concentration (volume %) (see notes 1, 2, 3, and 4)

Notes
(1)

4.20 is the MDC for Class A & C where AHJ requires 2008 edition (or earlier) of NFPA 2001

(2)

4.55 is the MDC for Class A where AHJ requires 2012 edition (or later) of NFPA 2001

(3)

4.73 is the MDC for Class C where AHJ requires 2012 edition or later) of NFPA 2001

(4)

5.85 is the lowest MDC for Class B where AHJ requires 2000 edition or later) of NFPA 2001. Higher values may
apply. See Table 4-2.

Agent quantity required for a hazard can be calculated at any temperature and agent design concentration using the
equations below.
W = (V/s)(C/(100 - C))
where:
W = agent quantity, lb
C = agent design concentration, vol. %
s = specific volume of superheated agent vapor can be approximated by the formula, ft3/lb, calculated using
the equation below.
s = 0.9856 + 0.002441 * t
t = design temperature in the hazard area, F
V = volume of the protected hazard, ft3

July 2014

4-6

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

Table 4-4. Agent Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric


Agent Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (kg/m3)
Design Concentration (volume %) (see notes 1, 2, 3, and 4)

Specific
Vapor
Volume
(m3/kg)

4.20

4.50

4.73

5.00

5.85

6.00

7.00

8.00

9.00

10.00

-20

0.0609

0.7197

0.7735

0.8141

0.8640

1.0200

1.0478

1.2356

1.4274

1.6235

1.8239

-15

0.0623

0.7038

0.7565

0.7962

0.8450

0.9975

1.0247

1.2084

1.3960

1.5878

1.7838

-10

0.0637

0.6887

0.7402

0.7790

0.8268

0.9761

1.0027

1.1824

1.3660

1.5536

1.7454

-5

0.0650

0.6742

0.7246

0.7626

0.8093

0.9555

0.9816

1.1575

1.3372

1.5209

1.7086

0.0664

0.6603

0.7096

0.7469

0.7926

0.9358

0.9613

1.1336

1.3096

1.4895

1.6734

0.0678

0.6469

0.6953

0.7318

0.7766

0.9168

0.9419

1.1106

1.2831

1.4594

1.6395

10

0.0691

0.6341

0.6815

0.7173

0.7612

0.8987

0.9232

1.0886

1.2577

1.4304

1.6070

15

0.0705

0.6218

0.6683

0.7033

0.7464

0.8812

0.9052

1.0675

1.2332

1.4026

1.5758

20

0.0719

0.6099

0.6555

0.6899

0.7322

0.8644

0.8880

1.0471

1.2097

1.3759

1.5457

25

0.0733

0.5985

0.6433

0.6770

0.7185

0.8482

0.8714

1.0275

1.1871

1.3501

1.5168

30

0.0746

0.5875

0.6314

0.6646

0.7053

0.8327

0.8554

1.0087

1.1653

1.3253

1.4890

35

0.0760

0.5769

0.6201

0.6526

0.6926

0.8176

0.8399

0.9905

1.1443

1.3014

1.4621

40

0.0774

0.5667

0.6091

0.6410

0.6803

0.8031

0.8251

0.9729

1.1240

1.2784

1.4362

45

0.0787

0.5568

0.5985

0.6299

0.6685

0.7892

0.8107

0.9560

1.1044

1.2561

1.4112

50

0.0801

0.5473

0.5882

0.6191

0.6570

0.7757

0.7968

0.9396

1.0855

1.2346

1.3871

55

0.0815

0.5381

0.5783

0.6087

0.6460

0.7626

0.7834

0.9238

1.0673

1.2139

1.3637

60

0.0828

0.5292

0.5688

0.5986

0.6353

0.7500

0.7705

0.9085

1.0496

1.1938

1.3412

65

0.0842

0.5206

0.5595

0.5889

0.6250

0.7378

0.7579

0.8938

1.0325

1.1744

1.3194

70

0.0856

0.5122

0.5506

0.5794

0.6149

0.7260

0.7458

0.8794

1.0160

1.1556

1.2982

Temp.
(C)

Notes
(1)

4.20 is the MDC for Class A & C where AHJ requires 2008 edition (or earlier) of NFPA 2001

(2)

4.55 is the MDC for Class A where AHJ requires 2012 edition (or later) of NFPA 2001

(3)

4.73 is the MDC for Class C where AHJ requires 2012 edition or later) of NFPA 2001

(4)

5.85 is the lowest MDC for Class B where AHJ requires 2000 edition or later) of NFPA 2001. Higher values may
apply. See Table 4-2.

Agent quantity required for a hazard can be calculated at any temperature and agent design concentration using the
equations below.
W = (V/s)(C/(100 - C))
where:
W = agent quantity, kg
C = agent design concentration, vol. %
s = specific volume of superheated agent vapor can be approximated by the formula, m3/kg, calculated
using the equation below.
s = 0.0664+ 0.0002741* t
t = design temperature in the hazard area, C
V = volume of the protected hazard, m3

06-237256-001

4-7

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.2.8

Using the Agent Concentration Flooding Factors


To find the total quantity of the agent required at a specific temperature and concentration,
multiply the hazard volume by the multiplier from Table 4-3 or Table 4-4 that correspond to
the design temperature and required concentration.
Note: NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Significant New
Alternatives Policy (SNAP) provide specific guidelines for using the agent. The minimum
use concentration for total flooding applications when using hardware is 4.5 vol%, unless a higher concentration is required for the specific hazard being protected. The
agent quantity required must be based on the lowest expected ambient temperature in
the protected space. Care must be taken that the calculated concentration for normally
occupied spaces at the highest expected ambient temperature in the space does not
exceed the value of 10% per NFPA 2001 Edition 2012.
Per NFPA 2001, agent systems with use concentrations below the NOAEL (10 vol%) are
permitted for use in occupied areas. The agent can be designed between 4.5 vol% and 10.5
vol% for a five minute exposure using the PBPK model.

4-2.2.8.1

Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure


The procedure for determination of the agent quantity assumes that the protected enclosure
is at sea level or has an internal pressure of 14.7 psia (101.4 kPa). The design agent quantity
must be adjusted where the protected enclosure is at an altitude or pressure that differs by
more than 11% from sea level values. Table 4-5 lists "Atmospheric Corrections Factors" as a
function of attitude or pressure. Calculate the adjusted (altitude-corrected) agent quantity as
follows:
Adjusted quantity = (Sea-level quantity) x (Atmospheric Correction Factor)
Note: Use the value of Atmospheric Correction Factor corresponding to the highest possible
enclosure pressure where the pressure can be varied, by design, from the prevailing
barometric pressure at the altitude of the installation. This procedure assures that the
agent concentration will not be less than the design concentration at the highest achievable enclosure pressure.
Table 4-5. Atmospheric Correction Factors
Altitude Above Sea Level

July 2014

Enclosure Pressure

Atmospheric Correction
Factor

ft.

psia

kPa

-3000

-920

16.25

112.1

1.11

-2000

-610

15.71

108.3

1.07

-1000

-300

15.23

105

1.04

14.70

101.4

1.00

1000

300

14.18

97.8

0.96

2000

610

13.64

94.1

0.93

3000

920

13.12

90.5

0.89

4000

1,210

12.58

86.8

0.86

5000

1,520

12.04

83

0.82

6000

1,830

11.53

79.5

0.78

7000

2,130

11.03

76.1

0.75

8000

2,440

10.64

73.4

0.72

9000

2,740

10.22

70.5

0.69

10000

3,050

9.77

67.4

0.66

4-8

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-2.2.9

Manifolds
When multiple cylinders are needed, they may be connected to the same set of distribution
piping through a manifold. This is necessary in two circumstances:

A connected reserve supply of the agent is required.

The quantity of agent required is greater than the maximum fill of a single cylinder.

In accordance with standards set by NFPA 2001 Edition 2012:

All cylinders on the same manifold must be the same size and contain the same quantity
of agent.

Each cylinder must have an El-check or swing-check valve to prevent back flow of agent
through the discharge hose, in the event that the system is discharged while a cylinder is
removed for maintenance.

Each agent cylinder must have the correct nitrogen driver connected directly to that agent
cylinder. Nitrogen drivers are not connected to the manifold, only the agent cylinders.

Standard check valves MUST be installed and modeled in the calculation software whenever
any of the following conditions exist:

4-2.3

Multiple cylinders connected to a manifold.

A connected reserve supply is required.

Design Criteria
The complexity of agent flow formulas does not allow for any simple method of manual agent
calculation. For this reason, the flow calculations and design criteria described in this manual
have been programmed into a computer software program.

CAUTION

The latest version of the Flow Calculation Software Users Guide, P/N: 06237256-004, is the only calculation method to be used with Kidde ECS ADS
equipment. No other calculation method is acceptable.

The system designer must become familiar with the latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software Users Guide, P/N: 06-237256-004, to determine the proper procedures for applying
the input parameters to the computer program. There are a number of limitations to these
input parameters that must be observed if accurate results are to be obtained. Most of these
limitations are in the program. However, there are certain restrictions that must be addressed
by the system designer before applying the input data. The following sections describe the
essential design parameters and design limitations which must be considered.

4-2.3.1

Driver Quantity
For the 600 lb. and 900 lb. agent cylinders, either one or two nitrogen driver cylinders are
required. To determine the quantity of drivers needed, run the flow calculation software and
select the single driver option first. Test the calculation, and if warnings or errors occur that
cannot be corrected through other options, try the two nitrogen driver option.
The 200 lb. and 350 lb. agent cylinders may only use a single nitrogen driver.

06-237256-001

4-9

July 2014

Design and Installation

BULL TEE FLOW


SPLIT LIMITS

BULL TEE

OUT

OUT

OUT - 50%

BULL TEE FLOW


SPLIT LIMITS

OUT - 50%

BULL TEE
MINIMUM
UNBALANCE

IN

OUT - 15%

BULL TEE
MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE

IN - 100%

IN - 100%
SIDE TEE FLOW
SPLIT LIMITS
Horizontal Feed

SIDE TEE

IN

OUT - 85%

OUT

IN - 100%

SIDE TEE FLOW


SPLIT LIMITS
Horizontal Feed

OUT - 65%

OUT - 90%

SIDE TEE
MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE

SIDE TEE
MINIMUM
UNBALANCE

OUT

IN - 100%

OUT - 10%

OUT - 35%

HAZARD A
HAZARD A

HAZARD B
HAZARD B

6 NOM PIPE
DIAM. MINIMUM

6 NOM PIPE
DIAM. MINIMUM

Horizontal Feed
HAZARD A

HAZARD A

HAZARD B

6 NOM PIPE
DIAM. MINIMUM

HAZARD B

6 NOM PIPE
DIAM. MINIMUM

Figure 4-1. Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for ADS Series

4-2.3.2

Requirements for Tee Flow Splits


1. All tee splits must be in the horizontal plane.
2. Elbows before or after a tee that split the flow of agent going to separate hazards must be
located a minimum distance of 6 pipe diameters (nominal) before the tee (see Table 4-6).
3. Tee splits going to separate hazards from a common supply line must be spaced a minimum
of 6 pipe diameters (nominal) apart.
4. Pipe reducers, where used, must be the concentric reducer type.
5. Side-tee flow, where flow enters a tee along the run:
a. side-branch flow must be at least 10% and at most 35% of total flow;
b. through-branch flow must be at least 65% and at most 90% of the total flow.
6. Bullhead tee flow, where flow enters the tee through the side branch:
a. flow out of either branch must be at least 15% and not more than 85% of the total flow;
b. a "balanced" flow split occurs when 50% of the flow exits each outlet port.

July 2014

4-10

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

Table 4-6. 6 X Pipe Diameters


Pipe Size

4-2.3.3

Pipe Diameters
ft.

inches

mm

1/2

0.25

76

3/4

0.375

4.5

110

0.5

150

0.625

7.5

190

0.75

230

12

300

1.25

15

380

1.5

18

460

24

610

Duration of Discharge
In accordance with Section 5.7.1.2.1 of NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition, the liquid agent discharge
time shall be ten seconds or less as determined by the flow calculation software. Discharge
times as short as six seconds should be considered when circumstances permit.

4-2.3.4

Nozzle Selection and Placement


The Kidde ECS ADS Series nozzle are available in two types and two body diameters. Each
nozzle has NPT threads for attachment to six pipe sizes.
Nozzles are available in nominal pipe sizes of ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2".
Use the Kidde ECS ADS Series flow calculation software to determine the required nozzle orifice
area and part number.
Maximum orifice area to pipe area ratio:

The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 360 nozzle at the given node and the pipe
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.8, or 80%.

The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 180 nozzle at the given node and the pipe
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.8, or 80%.

Minimum orifice area to pipe area ratio:

The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 360 nozzle at the given node and the pipe
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20% for , 1,
1, 1, 2 and 0.15, or 15% for .

The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 180 nozzle at the given node and the pipe
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20% for , 1,
1, 1, 2 and 0.15, or 15% for .

The flow calculation software selects pipe diameters in compliance with the above area ratio
requirements.

06-237256-001

4-11

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.3.5

Nozzle Placement
There are certain coverage and height limitations which must be observed with each nozzle
configuration to ensure proper agent distribution.
42.5'
(12.95 m)

42.5'
(12.95 m)

42.5'
(12.95 m)

d = 47.5'
(14.48 m)

d = 30.0'
(9.14 m)

180 Nozzle

42.5'
(12.95 m)

360 Nozzle

Figure 4-2. Nozzle Placement and Coverage

Orientation-Nozzles must be mounted perpendicular to the ceiling or subfloor surface.


Nozzles are to be mounted in the pendent position unless the enclosure height is 12 inches
(305 mm), in which case, pendent or upright is permitted.

Nozzle Clearance-For enclosures greater than 1 ft. and equal to or less than 18.5 ft., nozzles must be a maximum of 15 inches from the ceiling (measured from the ceiling to the
outlet of the nozzle) for 360 nozzle, 12 inches for the 180 nozzle.
For subfloor spaces of 1 ft in height, nozzles must be installed a maximum of 3 inches (76.2
mm) below the top of the enclosure, regardless of orientation.

Maximum Height-The maximum protected height for a single row of nozzles is 18.5 ft.
(5.64 m).
Nozzles may be tiered to accommodate enclosures with ceiling heights greater than 18.5
ft. (5.64 m).

Minimum Ceiling Height-The minimum ceiling height for UL Listed/FM Approved systems
is 12 in. (305 mm).

180 Nozzles- For enclosures greater than 1 ft. and equal to or less than 18.5 ft., 180
nozzles must be located a maximum of 10 inches (254 mm) from a wall, with the orifices
directed away from the wall. The nozzle shall be located as close to the center of the wall
as possible.
For 1 ft. enclosures, 180 nozzles must be located a maximum of 15 inches (381 mm) from
a wall, with the center of the outlet slot directed away from the wall. The nozzle shall be
located as close to the center of the wall as possible.
180 nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as a square that is 42.5 ft. x 42.5 ft.
(12.95 m x 17 m).
In accordance with UL Listing, 180 nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as any
rectangle that can be inscribed in a semicircle with a radius of 47.5 ft. (14.48 m) from the
nozzle with a maximum area coverage of 1806 sq. ft. (167.78 sq. m).
180 nozzles may be used in a back-to-back configuration. The nozzles should be place 1
to 2 feet (0.3 m to 0.6 m) apart.

July 2014

360 Nozzles-360 nozzles must be located as close to the center of the coverage area
as possible. 360 nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as any rectangle that
can be inscribed in a circle of radius 30 ft. (9.14 m) (diagonal of a rectangle 21.25 ft. x
21.25 ft.). See Figure 4-3 for further information.

4-12

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

Multiple Nozzles-Nozzles whose discharge patterns will intersect must be placed at least
6 ft. (1.8 m) apart to assure adequate agent distribution.

Walls and Obstructions-Agent discharged from the nozzle requires a certain length from
the nozzle to vaporize into a gas. If the agent comes into contact with a surface before the
agent is fully atomized, frosting can occur. As a result, the concentration throughout the
enclosure will be less than required to appropriately protect the space. Therefore, nozzles
must be located with at least 4 ft. (1.2 m) of clearance from walls and/or significant obstructions (ex. high-rise racking and columns). If this requirement cannot be met, additional agent may be discharged to compensate for this agent "loss". Please consult Kidde Fire
Systems for assistance.
For subfloor areas, consideration should be given to reducing nozzle spacing when obstructions that would impede the uniform distribution of the agent throughout the area are present. Nozzle coverage area for 12 inch high subfloors must be reduced from 42.5 ft. x 42.5
ft. to 21.25 ft. x 21.25 ft. in such obstructed conditions.

4-2.3.5.1

4-2.3.5.2

Subfloor Reduced Coverage Area-Nozzle coverage area must be reduced to 21.25 ft. x
21.25 ft. for enclosure heights 6 to less than 12 inches (6.48 m x 6.48 m for heights 0.15
to less than 0.3 m). Any system designed for a space less than 12 inches (305 mm) in
height is not a UL Listed or an FM Approved design.

Limits on Nozzle Conditions

Minimum average nozzle pressure-The nozzle pressure must be a minimum of 118 psig
(8.1 bar gauge) for the nozzle to effectively disperse the agent and mix the agent into the
air of the enclosure being protected.

Maximum arrival time imbalance-The difference between liquid arrival times at two of the
nozzles not to exceed the allowed 1.3 seconds.

Maximum run-out time imbalance-The difference between nozzle liquid run-out times at
two of the nozzles not to exceed the allowed 2.2 second maximum.

Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs

If nozzles are only located above the container outlet, then the maximum elevation difference between the container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle
(whichever is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft. (12.19 m).

If nozzles are only located below the container outlet, then the maximum elevation difference between the container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle
(whichever is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft. (12.19 m).

If nozzles are located both above and below the container outlet, then the maximum elevation difference between the furthest horizontal pipe runs or discharge nozzles (whichever
is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft. (12.19 m).

Note: If you have a system design that violates these limits, the factory must be consulted to
determine what course of action should be taken (see Figure 4-3 for further clarification).
System With A
System With A
Single Row of Nozzles Multiple Row of Nozzles

40 Max

System With Ceiling


and Subfloor Nozzles

40 Max

40 Max

Figure 4-3. Nozzle Limitations


06-237256-001

4-13

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.3.6

Pipe Sizing
The following table may be used as an estimating guide for sizing distribution piping.
Table 4-7. Pipe Size vs. Flow Rate
Schedule 40 Pipe

Pipe Size
Nominal

Minimum Flow Rate


for All Sections
Leading to a Tee

Schedule 80 Pipe

60% of Flow Rates


for All Sections
Ending With a
Nozzle

Minimum Flow Rate


for All Sections
Leading to a Tee

60% of Flow Rates


for All Sections
Ending With a
Nozzle

lb./sec.

kg/sec.

lb./sec.

kg/sec.

lb./sec.

kg/sec.

lb./sec.

kg/sec.

1/4 in. (9 mm)

0.68

0.31

0.41

0.19

0.30

0.14

0.18

0.08

3/8 in. (10 mm)

1.55

0.70

0.93

0.42

1.06

0.48

0.64

0.29

1/2 in. (15 mm)

2.58

1.17

1.55

0.70

1.95

0.88

1.17

0.53

3/4 in. (20 mm)

4.53

2.05

2.72

1.23

3.68

1.67

2.21

1.00

1 in. (25 mm)

7.29

3.31

4.37

1.98

6.08

2.76

3.65

1.65

1 in. (32 mm)

12.67

5.75

7.60

3.45

10.83

4.91

6.50

2.95

1 in. (40 mm)

17.46

7.92

10.48

4.75

15.06

6.83

9.04

4.10

2 in. (50 mm)

29.82

13.53

17.89

8.12

25.96

11.78

15.58

7.07

2 in. (65 mm)

44.06

19.99

26.44

11.99

38.51

17.47

23.11

10.48

3 in. (80 mm)

71.34

32.36

42.80

19.42

62.96

28.56

37.78

17.13

3 in. (90 mm)

98.32

44.60

58.99

26.76

87.46

39.67

52.48

23.80

4 in. (100 mm)

129.28

58.64

77.57

35.18

115.87

52.56

69.52

31.53

5 in. (125 mm)

205.71

93.31

123.43

55.99

187.31

84.96

112.39

50.98

6 in. (150 mm)

286.54

129.97

171.92

77.98

262.77

119.19

157.66

71.51

Note: The pipe friction factor embodied in the energy conservation equation used to calculate pressure drop
for two-phase flow in fire protection systems is based on the premise that highly turbulent flow is
present in the pipeline. Also, a high degree of turbulence must be maintained in pipe sections that
approach dividing points. The pipe size that can be used for a given flow rate is thus based upon the
minimum flow rate required to maintain complete turbulence.
This limitation is tabulated in the table and is automatically taken into consideration when the computer selects pipe sizes for the system. Flow rates as low as 60% of the tabulated minimum rates may
be used in branch lines that lead directly to nozzles with no intervening flow division.

This table is intended for use as a guide only. The latest version of the flow calculation software
must be used for the final design (for more information see latest version of the Flow
Calculation Software Users Guide, P/N: 06-237256-004).

July 2014

4-14

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-2.4

Other Conditions

4-2.4.1

Operating Temperature Range Limitations


The operating temperature range for all components used in the Kidde ECS ADS Series is 32F
to 130F (0C to 54C). The components are tested within this range and may not perform as
specified outside this range.

4-2.4.2

Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations


The temperature of the location for the agent storage containers depends on the design of the
system.

4-2.4.2.1

Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range


In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal, the agent cylinder and
nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 32F to 130F (0C to 54C).

4-2.4.2.2

Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range


In unbalanced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent
cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 60F and 80F (16C and
27C).
The latest version of the flow calculation software is written and tested for a 70F (21C) agent
cylinder storage temperature (for more information see latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software Users Guide 06-236091-001). If the agent cylinder storage temperature is outside
of this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from one or more nozzles in
an unbalanced system, resulting in one or more hazards receiving an insufficient concentration
of agent.

4-2.4.3

System Operating Pressure


The maximum system operating pressure for the agent used in the Kidde ECS ADS Series
equipment is 360 psig at 70F (25 bar gauge at 21C).

06-237256-001

4-15

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.5

Pressure Actuation Limitations for Single Driver Systems


Four modes of pressure actuation of the Kidde ECS ADS cylinders are available.
Note: When agent cylinders are all connected to a common manifold, they shall all be the
same size and have the same fill density.

4-2.5.1

Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure From a Master Nitrogen Driver


Note: See Figure 4-4.
For cylinders close-coupled using pressure from one master nitrogen driver cylinder, a
maximum of fourteen slave cylinders, close-coupled (maximum of fifteen Kidde ECS ADS
Series sets in group [one set equals a nitrogen driver and an agent cylinder]), can be actuated
by that one master cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the slave cylinders. The
slave cylinder operation will be through pilot flexible hoses.

Actuation Hose

Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)


with Pneumatic Control Head (P/N 82-878737-000)
Nitrogen
Transfer Hose

Tee

Wall Mounting

Nitrogen Driver
With Master Control
Head

Elbow
Tee (Typ.)

Agent Cylinder
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.)
Master
Cylinder Set

14 Slave sets of Agent and


Nitrogen Driver Cylinders

Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping


either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.

Figure 4-4. Pressure Actuation using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder to Actuate a
Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Close-coupled

July 2014

4-16

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-2.5.2

Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure From a Master Nitrogen Driver


Note: See Figure 4-5.
For cylinders not close-coupled using pressure from one master nitrogen driver and agent
cylinder set, a maximum of fourteen slave cylinders (maximum fifteen cylinders in a group)
can be actuated by that one master cylinder, using pressure operated control heads on the
slave cylinders. The slave cylinder operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035 wall
stainless steel tubing actuator line having a maximum total length of 800 ft. (244 m) or 400
ft. (122 m) of 1/4 Schedule 40 pipe.

800 ft. (243.8 m) Max. Length


of 5/16 Stainless Steel Tubing

400 ft. (121.9 m) Max. Length


of 1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe

Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)


with Pneumatic Control
Head (P/N 82-878737-000)

5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall


Steel Tubing or
1/4 Schedule 40 Pipe

Nitrogen Transfer Hose

Tee

Nitrogen Driver
With Master Control
Head
Tee

Elbow
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.)

5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall


Steel Tubing or
1/4 Schedule 40 Pipe

14 Slave sets of Agent and


Nitrogen Driver Cylinders

Agent Cylinder

Master
Cylinder Set

Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping


either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.

Figure 4-5. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder to Actuate a
Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Not Close-coupled

06-237256-001

4-17

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.5.3

Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure


Note: See Figure 4-6.
For cylinders not close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from a pilot nitrogen cylinder, a
maximum of fifteen Kidde ECS ADS Series sets (one set equals a nitrogen driver and an agent
cylinder) can be actuated by one pilot nitrogen cylinder using pressure operated control heads
on the slave cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035 wall stainless steel tubing actuator line
having the following limitations:

Maximum total length of tubing is 500 feet (152 m).

Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the last cylinder is 400 feet (122 m).

The maximum length of tubing between the nitrogen pilot cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinder #1 is up to 100 ft. (31 m).

If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at a distance greater than 100 feet
(30.5 m) from Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be
taken from the line between the slave cylinders and added to the line between the nitrogen
cylinder and slave cylinder #1, provided that the maximum total length of tubing does not
exceed 150 feet (45.7 m).

The tubing actuation line must be designed for a minimum working pressure of 1800 PSIG
(124 bar gauge).

250 ft. (76.2 m) Max Length


of 1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe

500 ft. (152.4 m) Max Length


of 5/16 Stainless
Steel Tubing

Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)


with Pneumatic Control Head

Elbow

5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall


Steel Tubing or
1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe

Flare

Maximum 100 ft. of


5/16 O.D. X 0.032" wall
Stainless steel tubing

Nitrogen
Transfer Hose
Master Control
Head

Agent Cylinder

Tee
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.)

15 Slave sets of Agent and


Nitrogen Driver Cylinders

Nitrogen Driver
With Pneumatic Control
Head (P/N 82-878737-000)

5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall


Steel Tubing or 1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe

Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping


either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.

Figure 4-6. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Actuate a Maximum
of Fifteen Sets of ADS Cylinders, Not Close-coupled

July 2014

4-18

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-2.5.4

Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure


Note: See Figure 4-7.
For cylinders close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder (see
Figure 4-8), from one to fifteen slave Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder sets can be actuated from
one pilot nitrogen cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the nitrogen driver
cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 1/4 Schedule 40 steel pipe actuator line having the following
limitations:

Maximum length between nitrogen pilot cylinder and the first Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder is 100 feet (30.5 m).

All Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders must be located adjacent to one another.
Nitrogen Transfer Hose

Actuation Hose

Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)


with Pneumatic Control Head
(P/N 82-878737-000)

Tee (Typ.)

Elbow

Flare

Agent Cylinder

Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.)

Nitrogen Driver
With Pneumatic
Control Head
(P/N WK-878737-000)

15 Slave sets of Agent and


Nitrogen Driver Cylinders

Master Control
Head

Master Nitrogen
Pilot Driver
with master
Control Head
250 ft. (76.2 m) Max. Length
of 1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe
500 ft. (152.4 m) Max. Length
5/16 Stainless Steel Tubing

Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping


either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.

Figure 4-7. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Actuate a Maximum
of Fifteen Sets of Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders, Close-coupled.

06-237256-001

4-19

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.5.5

Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Single Driver ADS Series Systems
(P/N 06-129944-X0X)
Manifold actuation arrangement kits are convenient and easy to install. Kits are available in
two, three, four and five system manifolds. See Figure 4-4 and Table 4-8 for a listing of
hardware included in the kit.

"X" 0.187

06-118193-00X

06-118285-001

06-118284-001

82-878737-000
878737

KIT
P/N 06-129882-001

Figure 4-8. Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with Single Driver ADS Series Systems
Table 4-8. Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Single Driver ADS Series System
Number of Pieces Included

Kit P/N

Actuation Assembly
P/N 06-129882-001

22 Flex Hose
P/N 06-118193-003

36 Flex Hose
P/N 06-118193-002

Pneumatic Actuator
P/N 82-878737-000

3/16 Flare Tee x 1/8 NPT


P/N 06-118285-001

3/16 Flare Elbow x 1/8 NPT


P/N 06-118284-001

2 Cylinder Set
System Manifold

06-129944-002

3 Cylinder Set
System Manifold

06-129944-003

4 Cylinder Set
System Manifold

06-129944-004

5 Cylinder Set
System Manifold

06-129944-005

Plus 1 Cylinder Set


Manifold

06-129944-101

Number of
Cylinders

July 2014

4-20

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-2.6

Pressure Actuation Limitations for Dual Driver Kidde ECS ADS Series
Cylinders
Four modes of pressure actuation of the Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders are available.
When agent cylinders are all connected to a common manifold, they shall be at the same size,
same fill density, and same orifice fitting.

4-2.6.1

Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure From a Master Nitrogen Driver


Note: See Figure 4-9.
For cylinders close-coupled using pressure from one master nitrogen driver cylinder, a
maximum of fourteen slave sets, close-coupled (maximum of fifteen Kidde ECS ADS Series
sets in group [one set equals two nitrogen drivers and an agent cylinder]), can be actuated by
that one master cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the slave cylinders. The
slave cylinder operation will be through pilot flexible hoses.
Plain Nut Discharge Head,
(Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000

Manifold Arrangement Kits


(Typ.)

1/4" Sch 40 or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

3" Valve
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.), P/N 06-129985-001

Control Head

Figure 4-9. Close-coupled Manifold using pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver for use with Large Single
Hazard Arrangements

4-2.6.2

Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure From a Master Nitrogen Driver


Note: See Figure 4-10.
For cylinders not close-coupled using pressure from one master nitrogen driver and agent
cylinder set, a maximum of fourteen slave sets (maximum fifteen sets in a group) can be
actuated by that one master cylinder, using pressure operated control heads on the slave
cylinders. The slave cylinder operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035 wall stainless steel
tubing actuator line having a maximum total length of 800 ft. (244 m) or 400 ft. (122 m) of
1/4 Schedule 40 pipe.
1/4" Sch 40 or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

Plain Nut Discharge Head


(Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000

Control Head

3" Valve
Actuation Assembly Kit
(Typ.)

Figure 4-10. Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver for use with Large
Single Hazard Arrangements

06-237256-001

4-21

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.6.3

Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure


Note: See Figure 4-11.
For cylinders close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder, from one
to fifteen slave Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder sets can be actuated from one pilot nitrogen
driver using pressure operated control heads on the slave nitrogen driver cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 1/4 Schedule 40 steel pipe actuator line having the following
limitations:

Maximum length between nitrogen pilot cylinder and the first Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder is 100 feet (30.5 m).

All Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders must be located adjacent to one another.
Maximum 500 ft. of
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

Plain Nut Discharge Head (Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000

Control
Head
Nitrogen Pilot
with Control Head

3" Valve

Actuation Assembly Kit (Typ.)

Pneumatic Control Head (Typ.),


P/N 82-878737-000

Figure 4-11. Close-coupled Manifold Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure for use with Large Single
Hazard Arrangements

July 2014

4-22

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-2.6.4

Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure


Note: See Figure 4-12.
For cylinders not close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from a pilot nitrogen cylinder, a
maximum of fifteen Kidde ECS ADS Series sets (one set equals two nitrogen drivers and an
agent cylinder) can be actuated by one pilot nitrogen driver using pressure operated control
heads on the slave nitrogen driver cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035 wall stainless steel tubing actuator line
having the following limitations:

Maximum total length of tubing is 500 feet (152 m).

Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the last cylinder is 400 feet (122 m).

The nominal min./max. length of tubing between the nitrogen pilot cylinder and nitrogen
driver cylinder #1 is up to 100 feet (31 m).

If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at a distance greater than 100 feet
(30.5 m) from Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be
taken from the line between the slave cylinders and added to the line between the nitrogen
cylinder and slave cylinder #1, provided that the maximum total length of tubing does not
exceed 150 feet (45.7 m).

The tubing actuation line must be designed for a minimum working pressure of 1800 PSIG
(124 bar gauge)
Maximum 500 ft. of
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

1/4" Sch 40 or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

Control
Head
Nitrogen Pilot
with Control Head

3" Valve
Plain Nut Discharge Head (Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000
Actuation Assembly Kit (Typ.)

Figure 4-12. Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Pilot Nitrogen Driver for use with Large
Single Hazard Arrangements

06-237256-001

4-23

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.6.5

Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Dual Driver ADS Series Systems (P/N
06-129986-X0X)
Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with the Dual Driver ADS Series Systems are available in
two, three and four system manifolds. See Figure 4-13 and Table 4-9 for a listing of hardware
included in the kit.
"X" 0.187

06-118193-00X

06-118285-001

06-118284-001

82-878737-000

KIT
P/N 06-129882-001

Figure 4-13. Manifold Arrangement Kit for use with Dual Driver ADS Series Systems
Table 4-9. Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Dual Driver ADS Series System
Number of Pieces Included

Number of
Cylinders

Kit Part
Number

16 Flex Hose
P/N 06-118193-001

36 Flex Hose
P/N 06-118193-002

Pneumatic Actuator
P/N 82-878737-000

3/16 Flare Tee x 1/8 NPT


P/N 06-118285-001

3/16 Flare Elbow x 1/8 NPT


P/N 06-118284-001

Actuation Assembly
P/N 06-129985-001

2 Cylinder Manifold

06-129986-002

3 Cylinder Manifold

06-129986-003

4 Cylinder Manifold

06-129986-004

Plus One Cylinder

06-129986-101

July 2014

4-24

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-2.7

Manifold Arrangement with 3-Way Directional Valves (Multi-Hazard


Arrangements for all Systems)
Note: 3-Way Directional Valves, P/N 90-2200XX-00, are UL Listed, but not FM Approved.
The Kidde ECS ADS Series offers the use of 3-way directional valves for protection of multiple
hazards from one central storage bank of agent and nitrogen driver cylinders. For more
information on the valves, see Paragraph 3-3.11.8.
Since only one system (i.e., distribution piping and nozzles) can be entered and calculated at
one time, it is necessary to create separate projects (.flc files) for each configuration. With
respect to the 3-way directional valves, separate objects are used for a given valve size
depending on the orientation of the valve. An open valve is used to allow agent to flow
through the side (branch) outlet of the valve, and a closed valve would be used to allow agent
to flow through the run outlet of the valve. When working with multiple files, the user should
ensure that the type, diameter and length of any pipes common to more than one project file
are identical. The pipe locking feature is useful here. In addition, the agent quantity per
cylinder and area of the nitrogen restrictor orifice should be identical. For 3-way direction valve
limitations, see Table 4-10.
Note: Per NFPA 2001In sections where a valve arrangement introduces sections of closed
piping, such sections shall be equipped with pressure relief devices, or the valves shall
be designed to prevent entrapment of liquid. For pressure relief of manifold arrangements using directional valves, use a safety outlet (P/N 82-844346-000).
The nitrogen pilot line is connected to each 3-way directional valve. An electric control head is
installed on each nitrogen pilot cylinder to actuate and release the nitrogen, which, in turn,
pneumatically opens the valve. The nitrogen pilot line must be installed with a pressure
regulator. The nitrogen line is then installed into the pneumatic solenoid that is attached to the
pneumatic actuator. The pneumatic solenoid acts as a gate valve; when the signal is received
from the panel to open the pneumatic solenoid, the pressure is then allowed to pass through
the pneumatic actuator, which thereby turns the valve to the 90 Open orientation.
Table 4-10. 3-Way Ball Valve

Ball Valve Size

Maximum Number from


One Pilot Cylinder

Maximum Tubing
5/16 x 0.035 Weight

Maximum
1/4 Schedule 40 Pipe

200 ft.

100 ft.

200 ft

100 ft

200 ft.

100 ft

1 1/2

200 ft.

100 ft

1 1/4

200 ft.

100 ft

200 ft.

100 ft

3/4

200 ft.

100 ft

1/2

200 ft.

100 ft

The following are two options of actuation arrangements:

Figure 4-14 illustrates Arrangement 1 where three hazards are protected using two 3-way
directional valves. A nitrogen pilot actuation is used for each 3-way ball valve. In this case,
pneumatic solenoids for the 3-way directional valves are not needed.

Figure 4-15 illustrates Arrangement 2 where three hazards are protected using two 3-way
directional valves. A single nitrogen pilot cylinder is used to provide the actuating force for
the 3-way directional valves. Each 3-way directional valve is actuated by a 24 Vdc Solenoid.

06-237256-001

4-25

July 2014

Design and Installation

The pneumatic actuator and pneumatic solenoid are rated for a pressure of 100
to 150 PSI (6.89 to 10.34 bar gauge). A pressure regulator must be installed in
line to reduce the nitrogen pressure that is being released from the pilot
cylinder. Pressure regulator, P/N 06-118334-001 or 38-509803-001, is factory
set to 116 PSI (8 bar gauge).

WARNING

PIPING TO
HAZARD A

PIPING TO
HAZARD B

PIPING TO
HAZARD C
SOL Elec. Pneumatic Solenoid
(P/N 06-118329-001)
3-Way Ball
Valve

Panel

Swing Check or Check


Valve

Discharge Manifold

Swing Check
or Check Vavle

Channels Needed =
# of Directional Valves

3-Way Ball
VALVE 1

S/O

Pressure Regulator
(P/N 06-118334-001)
Factory Set to 116 PSI (8 bar)

3-Way Ball
VALVE 2

S/O Safety Outlet (P/N 82-844346-000)

Electric Control
Head

Flex Hose or
Hard Pipe

Nitrogen Pilot

Electric
Control Head

1/4 inch Sch 40 pipe or


5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Electric Control Stainless steel tubing
Head

Nitrogen pilot line connected to


each 3-way ball valve.

Agent
Tank
#3

N2

Agent
Tank

N2

#2

Agent
Tank

N2

#1

Electric control heads on each


nitrogen pilot cylinder to control
the directional valves.
Each pilot cylinder could also be
manually actuated.
All cylinders must be of the same size and fill density.

Nitrogen Pilot

All nitrogen drivers must be of the same size and pressure (1800 PSIG).

Note: Two 3-way ball valves are shown for reference.


General usage is not limited to two 3-way valves.

SIDE VIEW

Plain NutDischarge Head


(Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000

1" Transfer Hose (Typ.)


P/N 06-118207-003

Plain NutDischarge Head


(Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000

Actuation Assembly Kit


for 200 and 350 lb. Systems,
P/N 06-129882-001
for 600 and 900 lb. Systems,
P/N 06-129985-001

Electric Control Head

TOP VIEW

Note: The arrangements shown above use the larger cylinders 600 and 900 lb.)
for the purpose of clarity. This concept can also be achieved using the 200 and 350 lb. cylinders.

Figure 4-14. Arrangement 1: 3-Way Ball Valves with Nitrogen Pilot Cylindes Dedicated for Each Directional
Valve Protecting Three Hazards
Note: No pneumatic solenoid required for each 3-way ball valve.

July 2014

4-26

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

PIPING TO
HAZARD A

PIPING TO
HAZARD B

PIPING TO
HAZARD C

SOL Elec.Pneumatic Solenoid


(P/N 06-118329-001)
3-Way Ball
Valve
Panel
Swing Check or Check
Valve

Discharge Manifold
Channels Needed = # of
Directional Valves + 1

Sol.

3-Way Ball
VALVE 1

Sol.

Swing Check
or Check Valve

Electric Control Head


Pressure Regulator
(P/N 06-118334-001)
Factory Set to 116 PSI (8 bar)

S/O

S/O Safety Outlet (P/N 82-844346-000)

3-Way Ball
VALVE 2

Electric
Control Head

Flex Hose or
Hard Pipe

Nitrogen Pilot

1/4" Sch 40 Pipe or


5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

Agent
Tank
#3

N2

Agent
Tank

N2

#2

Agent
Tank

N2

#1

Nitrogen pilot line connected to each


3-way ball valve.
Electric control head and one pilot
cylinder feeds all the ball valves.
Each 3-way ball valve is with a solenoid
pneumatic actuator (rotates 90).
All cylinders must be of the same size and fill density.
All nitrogen drivers must be of the same size and pressure (1800 PSIG).

Note: Two 3-way ball valves are shown for reference.


General usage is not limited to two 3-way valves.

SIDE VIEW

Plain Nut Discharge Head


(Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000

1" Transfer Hose


(Typ.), P/N 06-118207-003

Actuation Assembly Kit


for 200 and 350 lb. Systems,
P/N 06-129882-001
for 600 and 900 lb. Systems,
P/N 06-129985-001

Plain NutDischarge Head (Typ.)


P/N WK-872450-000

Electric Control Head

TOP VIEW

Note: The arrangements shown above use the larger cylinders (600 and 900 lb.)
for the purpose of clarity. This concept can also be achieved using the 200 and 350 lb. cylinders.

Figure 4-15. Arrangement 2: 3-Way Ball Valves with One Nitrogen Pilot Controlled by a 24 Vdc Solenoids
Protecting Three Hazards
Note: Each 3-way ball valve will have individual electric pneumatic solenoids.

06-237256-001

4-27

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-2.8

Using Multiple Nitrogen Cylinders


Two or more remotely located pilot nitrogen cylinders can be used to actuate the Kidde ECS
ADS described in Paragraph 4-2.5.3 and Paragraph 4-2.5.4, provided that:

1/4 check valves (P/N WK-264985-000) shall be installed at the intersection of each pilot
line to the main actuator line (see Table 4-16).

The total length of actuator line, from each nitrogen pilot cylinder to the nitrogen driver
cylinders shall not exceed the limitation established.

N2 PILOT
CYLINDER
CHECK VALVE
P/N WK-264985-000

N2 PILOT
CYLINDER

NITROGEN
DRIVER

Figure 4-16. Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders

4-2.8.1

Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations


Refer to Table 4-11 for corner pulley and cable length limitations.
Table 4-11. Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations

Control Head
Type

Part
Number

Cable Operated

Pulley

Max. Cable
Length (ft.)

P/N 81-803808-000

P/N WK-844648-000

81-979469-000

15

30

100

Electric/Cable

81-895630-000

30

100

Electric/Cable, XP

WK-897494-000

30

100

4-2.8.2

Pressure Trip Limitations


The maximum load to be attached to pressure trip (P/N 81-874290-000) is 100 lb. (45 kg).
This is based on a minimum pressure of 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.

4-2.9

Venting Requirements for the Hazard Enclosure


The installer of a clean agent fire extinguishing system shall meet the Working Plans
requirements of NFPA 2001, Edition 2012 Section 5.1.2.2(28) as relate to design of means for
enclosure pressure relief to be in effect at the time of system discharge. The system designer
is referred to the GUIDE to Estimating Enclosure Pressure and Pressure Relief Vent Area for
Applications Using Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems, published by the Fire Suppression
Systems Association, 5024-R Campbell Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21236-5974.

July 2014

4-28

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-2.10

Post-Discharge Ventilation Requirements


The installer of a clean agent fire extinguishing system shall meet the requirements of NFPA
2001, Edition 2012 Section 1.5.1.4.1 as relate to design, installation, and operation of means
for exhausting an enclosure of agent and combustion products gases but not before the
conclusion of the duration of protection as described in NFPA 2001, Edition 2012 Section 5.6.
The design of an air extraction system for this purpose shall consider the enclosure volume,
the time required to clear the enclosure of unwanted gases, and the location at which gases
are discharged to the ambient. In particular, means shall be provided to ventilate locations
where forced air circulation is absent such as in underfloor spaces.

4-3

EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

4-3.1

General
All Kidde ECS ADS Series equipment must be installed to facilitate proper inspection, testing,
manual operation, recharging and any other required maintenance as may be necessary.
Equipment must not be subject to severe weather conditions or mechanical, chemical, or other
damage that could render the equipment inoperative. Equipment must be installed in
accordance with NFPA Standard 2001.
Pressurized (charged) cylinders are capable of violent discharge and, as such,
are extremely hazardous. The agent cylinder/valve assemblies must be
handled, installed, and serviced in accordance with the instructions contained
in this Section and Compressed Gas Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and
P-1.

WARNING

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, severe injury, and
property destruction damage in the event of inadvertent and unexpected
cylinder discharge.
CGA pamphlets may be
http://www.cganet.com.

obtained

4-3.2

Distribution Piping and Fittings

4-3.2.1

Threads

from:

Compressed

Gas

Association:

Threads on all pipe and fittings must be tapered threads conforming to ANSI Specification
B1.20.1. Joint compound, tape or thread lubricant must be applied only to the male threads of
the joint, excluding the first two threads.

4-3.2.2

Pipe
Piping must be of noncombustible material having physical and chemical characteristics, such
that its integrity under stress can be predicted with reliability. The latest version of the flow
calculation software has only been verified for the specific types and schedule of pipe and
fittings covered in this manual. There is a risk that the system may not supply the required
quantity of agent in unbalanced systems when other pipe types and fittings are used.

06-237256-001

4-29

July 2014

Design and Installation


4-3.2.2.1

Ferrous Piping
Black steel (or galvanized pipe [UL only]) must be either ASTM A-53 seamless or electric
resistance welded, Grade A or B, or ASTM A-53 furnace weld Class F or ASTM. Pipes with higher
pressure ratings than those listed are also acceptable for use.
A-106, Grade A, B or C. ASTM B-120 and ordinary cast iron pipe must not be used. The
thickness of the pipe wall must be calculated in accordance with ANSI B-31.1, Power Piping
Code. The internal pressure for this calculation must be no less than 402 PSIG at 130 F (28
bar gauge at 54 C).

CAUTION

4-3.2.2.2

Ordinary cast-iron pipe, steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-120, or nonmetallic


pipe must not be used. Use of non-specified materials may cause system
malfunction.
Pipe supplied as dual stenciled A-120/A-53 Class F meets the requirements of
Class F furnace welded pipe ASTM A-53 as listed above.

Piping Joints
The type of piping joint shall be suitable for the design conditions and shall be selected with
consideration of joint tightness and mechanical strength per NFPA 2001 Edition 2012. Fittings
Class 150 and cast iron fittings must not be used. Fittings used must be minimum 300 lb. class
conforming to ASTM A-197 and have a minimum working pressure of 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge).
Flanged fittings must be 300 lb. class, American Standard, forged carbon steel. Do not exceed
the pressure/temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer. Teflon tape must be applied on
male threads for threaded fittings. All grooved couplings/fittings must be listed/approved for
internal pressures no less than 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge).
Concentric bell reducers are the only means for reducing pipe size. Reductions can be made
after a tee or after a union. Where reducers are used at tees, the reducers must be downstream
of each tee. Reductions made after a union are possible only if the next change in direction
(tee split) is located a minimum of six nominal pipe diameters downstream of the concentric
bell reducer. Gaskets for flanged fittings shall be neoprene impregnated or compliant with
NFPA 2001 Edition 2012.

4-3.2.2.3

Fittings
Class 150 and cast iron fittings must not be used. Fittings used must be minimum 300 lb. class
conforming to ASTM A-197 and have a minimum working pressure of 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge).
Flanged fittings must be 300 lb. class, American Standard, forged carbon steel.
Pressure/temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer must not be exceeded. Teflon tape
must be applied on male threads for threaded fittings. All grooved couplings/fittings must be
listed/approved for internal pressures no less than 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge). Fittings with
higher pneumatic ratings, such as forged steel fittings, are also acceptable for use.
Concentric bell reducers are the only means for reducing pipe size. Reductions can be made
after a tee or after a union. Where reducers are used at tees, the reducers must be downstream
of each tee. Reductions made after a union are possible only if the next change in direction
(tee split) is located a minimum of six nominal pipe diameters downstream of the concentric
bell reducer. Gaskets for flanged fittings shall be flat gray asbestos, neoprene impregnated.

CAUTION

July 2014

The calculation software has only been verified for use with the piping, inside
pipe diameter and fittings specified in this manual. When unspecified piping and
fittings are used, there is a risk that the system will not supply the required
quantity of the agent.

4-30

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-3.3

Installation of Pipe and Fittings


Pipe and fittings must be installed in strict accordance with the system drawings and good
commercial practices. The piping between the cylinder and the nozzles must be the shortest
route possible, with a minimum of fittings. Any deviations in the routing or number of fittings
must be approved by the design engineer before installation.
Note: Strict piping rules regarding flow splits to multiple hazards must be adhered to. Please
refer to Paragraph 4-2.3.4 of this manual for proper tee installations.
Piping must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cutting, welding or threading. All threaded
joints must conform to ANSI B1-20-1. Joint compound or thread tape must be applied only to
the male threads of the joint, excluding the first two threads. Welding must be in accordance
with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Each pipe section must be
swabbed clean, using a non-flammable organic solvent.
All piping must be blown clear with dry nitrogen or compressed air before installing the
discharge nozzles.
The piping must be securely braced to account for discharge reaction forces and thermal
expansion/contraction. Care must be taken to insure the piping is not subjected to vibration,
mechanical or chemical damage. All hangers must be FM Approved or UL Listed and must
conform to general industry standards for pipe hangers and conform to ANSI B-31.1. Refer to
ANSI B-31.1 for additional bracing requirements.

4-3.4

Installation of Check Valves


Install the check valves as shown on the system drawings. Apply Teflon tape or pipe compound
to all the male threads, except the first two threads. Valves greater than two inches in size are
provided with flanged outlets. All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body
pointing in the proper direction of the flow.
All agent equipment must be installed to facilitate proper inspection, testing, manual
operation, recharging and any other required maintenance as may be necessary. Equipment
must not be subject to severe weather conditions or mechanical, chemical, or other damage
that could render the equipment inoperative. Equipment must be installed in accordance with
NFPA Standard 2001.

WARNING

4-3.5

The agent cylinder/valve assemblies must be handled, installed and serviced in


accordance with the instructions contained in this Section and Compressed Gas
Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1. CGA pamphlets may be obtained
from: Compressed Gas Association: http://www.cganet.com. Failure to follow
these instructions can cause agent cylinders to violently discharge, resulting in
severe injury, death and/or property destruction.

Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe


The pressure actuation pipe must be 1/4-inch Schedule 40 or 80 pipe or 5/16 in. O.D. x 0.035
in. wall stainless steel tubing. Actuation lines shall be protected against crimping and
mechanical damage (per NFPA 2001, Edition 2012 Section 4.3.4.4). The pipe or tubing must
be routed in the most direct manner with a minimum number of fittings. Pipe and fittings must
be in accordance with the requirements listed in Paragraph 4-3.2. Fittings can be flared or
compression type. The pressure-temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer must not be
exceeded.

06-237256-001

4-31

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-3.6

Installation of Directional Valves with Pneumatic Actuators and


Solenoids
Note: Directional Valves (P/N 90-11832x-00x) are not UL Listed for use with Kidde ECS ADS
Series (FM Approved only).
Flanged fittings are to be installed per ANSI B16.5.
1. Gather the required parts for the chosen directional system based upon the number of 3way valves needed and the actuation scheme desired.

Single pilot cylinder actuation requires one pilot cylinder, actuation hoses (number of
hoses equals two times the number of directional valves), electric control head, the directional valves with solenoid pneumatic actuators and a pressure regulator. See Figure
4-16 for more detail.

Multiple pilot actuation requires multiple pilot cylinders (number of pilot cylinders
equals one times the number of directional valves), actuation hoses (number of hoses
equals one times the number of directional valves), electric control heads (number of
control heads equals one times the number of directional valves), directional valves
with pneumatic actuators and a pressure regulator. See Figure 4-17 for more detail. No
pneumatic solenoids are required for this option.

Note: The pressure regulator must be located within 12 in. of the solenoid and pneumatic actuator.
2. Ensure that all directional valves are in the straight through position before installation
(the T-port in the valve should be open on both ends with the side port closed). See
Figure 4-17.
PIPING TO
HAZARD A
PIPING TO
HAZARD B

Straight through position;


Closed to pipe network.

3-Way
VALVE 2

Figure 4-17. Straight Through Orientation


The directional valve must be installed so that the 90 turn of the actuator brings the T-port
open on the side branch and the end of the valve that faces the agent source. The arrow on
the valve must be pointed in the direction of the flow. See Figure 4-18.
PIPING TO
HAZARD A
PIPING TO
HAZARD B
(In Alarm)

90 counterclockwise
turn to Hazard B.

3-Way
VALVE 2

Figure 4-18. 90 Orientation


July 2014

4-32

06-237256-001

Design and Installation


3. Connect the actuators on the directional valves to the pneumatic source in one of two ways
(see Figures 4-15 and 4-16 for piping and wiring diagrams):
For pilot cylinder actuation, all directional valves must have a 24 Vdc solenoid (for UL Listed
3-Way Directional Valves, use P/N 06-118384-001; for FM Approved 3-Way Directional
Valves, use P/N 06-118329-001) and a 24 Vdc connection from the control panel.

Connect the pilot cylinder to the second pressurization port of the solenoid actuator using the actuation line.

Connect each of the solenoids and the electric control head to the control panel so that
the electric control head fires and the correct directional valve operates for the desired
hazard.

Test each hazard with the control panel by listening for the solenoid click at each directional valve.

Reconnect all electrical connections.

Attach an electric control head to the pilot cylinder (being sure it is set before installation).

4. Set the control panel to provide a delay between the firing of the pilot cylinders for the directional valves and the firing of the Kidde ECS ADS Series. The delay depends on the 3way Directional Valve used. For the UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves (P/N 90-22003X00X), set the value to 17 seconds (see Table 4-12). This delay provides sufficient time for
the valves to fully open before the system is discharged.
Table 4-12. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Data

4-3.6.1

Part Number with Solenoid

Description

Time Delays Required to Open

90-220030-001

1/2 NPT

5.0 sec.

90-220030-002

3/4 NPT

5.0 sec.

90-220030-003

1 NPT

5.0 sec.

90-220031-001

1 1/4 NPT

5.0 sec.

90-220031-002

1 1/2 NPT

5.0 sec.

90-220031-003

2 NPT

5.0 sec.

90-220032-001

3 Victaulic

5.0 sec.

90-220032-002

4 Victaulic

5.0 sec.

System Release Control Configuration


Note: Not UL Listed for use with Kidde ECS ADS Series (FM Approved only).
Important: The information in this paragraph refers to circuits and wiring employed on Kidde
panels*; specific Kidde ECS ADS Series configurations and/or other
programmable panels may require different wiring and/or panel-to-panel
connections. A maximum of eight suppression hazards and a maximum of eight
electrically actuated nitrogen driver cylinders are allowed per system. Multiple
panels may be employed to control and release the system. The smallest Kidde
ECS ADS Series configuration would require a minimum of four release circuits.

06-237256-001

4-33

July 2014

Design and Installation

Regardless of configuration, the following sequence of activation must be


adhered to:

WARNING

1.When a call for suppression is received by the panel for a specific suppression
zone, the appropriate selector valve solenoid and nitrogen pilot control head
must activate within 0.5 seconds of each other.
2.Six to ten seconds after the selector valve solenoid and nitrogen pilot control
head actuates, the appropriate nitrogen driver control heads must activate.
After any hazard activates, no other activation is allowed until the system is
serviced. Failure to follow these sequence could result in system malfunction.

Kidde Fire Systems or other


programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel

PEGAsys or other
Release
FM Approved/UL Listed
fire alarm suppression
Circuit
control panel

S
Selector Valve
Solenoid (see note 1)

S
Release
Circuit

Selector Valve
Solenoid (see note 1)

S
Release
Circuit
Release
Circuit
Release
Circuit

Nitrogen Pilot
Control Head (see note 2)

S
Nitrogen Driver
Control Head (see note 2)

S
Nitrogen Driver
Control Head (see note 2)

Denotes Supervised Circuit

Figure 4-19. Typical Single Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)

July 2014

4-34

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

Kidde Fire Systems or other

programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel

PEGAsys or other
Release
FM Approved/UL Listed
Circuit
fire alarm suppression
control panel

S
Selector Valve
Solenoid (see note 1)

S
Selector Valve
Solenoid (see note 1)

Release
Circuit
Circuit

S
Nitrogen Pilot
Control Head (see note 2)

Release
Circuit
Release +
Circuit _
Kidde Fire Systems or other

programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel

S
Release
Control Relay (see note 3)

Panel 1
PEGAsys or other
FM Approved/UL Listed
fire alarm suppression
control panel

Initiating
Circuit
Circuit
Release
Circuit

S
EOLR

S
Nitrogen Driver
Control Head (see Note 2)

S
Release
Circuit

Nitrogen Driver
Control Head (see Note 2)

Panel 2
S

Denotes Supervised Circuit

Figure 4-20. Typical Multiple Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)
Notes:
1. Must use Pneumatic Solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001). Ratings: 24 Vdc, 11.0 W; 2.0 Vdc minimum dropout.
2. Must use 24 Volt DC control head. The fire alarm suppression panel release circuit must be
capable of supplying a minimum of 24 Vdc at 2.8 Amps for 30 milliseconds for control head
P/N WK-890181-000 and a minimum of 24 Vdc at 0.5 Amps continuous for control head
P/N 81-100000-001.
3. Release control relays are only required if the nitrogen driver solenoids are released by a
separate panel. Relays employed must be electrically compatible with the release circuit
output characteristics for both pull-in and dropout voltages.
4. A means of manual release of the system shall be provided. Manual release shall be accomplished by a mechanical manual release, or by an electrical manual release, when the control equipment monitors the battery voltage level of the standby battery supply and will
provide a low battery signal. The release shall cause simultaneous operation of automatically operated valves controlling agent release and distribution.
*Refer to the Detection and Control panel Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual for
complete details.

WARNING

06-237256-001

The referenced control heads and solenoids are compatible with Kidde panels.
The use of other panels to operate these control heads and solenoids has not
been verified and could result in system malfunction.

4-35

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-3.7

Installation of Discharge Nozzles


After the system piping has been blown free of debris, install the discharge nozzles in strict
accordance with the system drawings. Orient the nozzles as shown on drawings. Make certain
that the correct nozzle type, part number and orifice size are installed in the proper location.
See Paragraph 4-2.3.5 for correct nozzle placement and orientation.

4-3.8

Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter

WARNING

For 2 inch valves, to avoid possible personal injury, always connect a valve
outlet adapter to the system piping (union connection) before connecting to an
agent cylinder valve.

Install valve outlet adapter (WK-283905-000 on 2 inch valves) in system piping. Tighten
securely and continue with threaded rigid pipe. Install a union for ease of disconnecting the
cylinder. Check valves must be used for connecting multiple cylinders on to manifold.
3 inch valves include a grooved coupling at the discharge port.

WARNING

July 2014

In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the


discharge hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping
before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.

4-36

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-3.9

Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose


Attach the flexible discharge hose from system piping or El-check in the discharge manifold to
the cylinder valve. Tighten securely (see Figure 4-21, Table 4-21, and Table 4-14).

WARNING

In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the


discharge hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping
before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.

B
FACE OF
PIPE FITTING
C (HOSE SIZE)
A

Figure 4-21. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping
Table 4-13. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, English Units
Cylinder Capacity

Dimensions in Inches
A

200 lb.

19

21 3/4

350 lb.

19

21 3/4

600 lb.

33

36

900 lb.

33

36

Note: Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to obtain a smooth radius in flexible loop.

Table 4-14. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, Metric Units
Cylinder Capacity

Dimensions in Millimeters
A

200 lb.

483

552

51

350 lb.

483

552

51

600 lb.

838

914

76

900 lb.

838

914

76

Note: Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to obtain a smooth radius in flexible loop.

06-237256-001

4-37

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-3.10

Installation of Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies

WARNING

Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders must be located and mounted where they will
not be accidently damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to
prevent the cylinder from damage or movement.

The Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders assemblies should be located in a place that is readily
accessible for the purpose of manual actuation and inspection, service and maintenance. The
cylinders shall be located in an environment protected from the weather and where the
ambient temperature is between 60F (26C) and 80F (27C). External heating or cooling
may be required to maintain this temperature range. The following installation instructions
must be followed in the exact sequence outlined below to prevent accidental discharge, bodily
injury and property damage.

4-3.10.1 Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder Placement


Position nitrogen drivers and agent cylinders next to each other such that the connecting hoses
have a smooth radius. The center to center distance between the nitrogen drivers and agent
cylinders must fall within the following range, dependant on agent cylinder size.
Table 4-15. Center to Center Distance Range
Agent Cylinder Size

Center to Center
Distance Range (inches)

Center to Center
Distance Range (mm)

200 lb.

16 to 19

403 to 479

350 lb.

18 1/2 to 21 1/2

470 to 546

600 lb.

21 1/2 to 24 1/2

545 to 622

900 lb.

23 to 26

581 to 657

45

15

Figure 4-22. Single Driver Top View

Figure 4-23. Dual Driver Top View

July 2014

4-38

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-3.10.2 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Single Driver Kidde ECS ADS Series
System

WARNING

Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders must be located and mounted where they will
not be accidently damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to
prevent the cylinder from damage or movement.

1. Position Kidde ECS ADS Series and nitrogen driver cylinders in designated location, and secure in place with cylinder strap and attaching hardware. Cylinders, straps and brackets
must be properly anchored to structural supports to adequately secure the Kidde ECS ADS
Series cylinders (see Figure 4-25, Figure 4-26, Figure 4-27, and Figure 4-28). Orient cylinder with valve outlet angled toward system piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Connect a 2-inch flexible discharge hose or valve outlet adapter to the cylinder outlet port.
See Section 4-3.9 for more information.
Note: If a valve outlet adapter is used, a union must be installed in the discharge piping.

WARNING

In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the


discharge hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping
before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.

4. Install supervisory pressure switches (if applicable). Refer to Paragraph 4-3.21 for installation instructions.
5

2
4
1. FITTINGNITROGEN TRANSFER
2. VALVEPNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
3. FITTINGFLARED 1/8" x 1/4
4. HOSEFLEXIBLE 3/16
5. TEE1/8" BRANCH
6. VALVESCHRADER

7. CAPSCHRADER VALVE

Figure 4-24. Single Driver Actuation Kit Assembly


Table 4-16. Single Driver Actuation Kit Components

06-237256-001

Item No.

Qty.

P/N

Description

06-236124-001

Nitrogen Transfer Fitting

82-878737-000

Pressure Operated Control Head

06-118191-001

1/8" X 1/4" Flared Fittings

06-118193-001

1/4" Flexible Actuation Hose

06-118192-001

1/8" Branch Tee

WK-263303-000

1/8" Schrader Valve

4-39

July 2014

Design and Installation


Table 4-16. Single Driver Actuation Kit Components
7

WK-263304-000

1/8" Schrader Valve Cap

5. Apply thread tape to male thread of nitrogen transfer fitting.


6. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the first
1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting, thread NPT male into the nitrogen transfer fitting and tighten.
7. Remove the safety cap from the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
8. Install the orifice fitting to the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
9. Take the two assembled components and thread into orifice fitting, then tighten.
10. Apply thread tape to the male end of 1/8-in. branch tee and thread into the pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878737-000). Tighten the branch tee.
11. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the second 1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting and
thread into one side of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Tighten the flared fitting.
12. Apply thread tape to the male end of the Schrader valve. Securely threading the male end
into the open end of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Apply Schrader cap to Schrader fitting.
13. Connect 1/4-in. actuation hose to flare fitting that was applied to the 1/8-in. branch tee.
14. Connect the other end of the 1/4-in. actuation hose into the flare fitting that was connected
in the busing in Step 9.
15. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.

WARNING

The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be
in the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to an agent cylinder in
order to prevent accidental discharge and possible personal injury.

16. Install the pneumatic control head to the top of the 2-inch valve (actuation port).
17. Attach the 1-inch transfer hose to the top of the 3/4-inch transfer fitting. Torque to 60-80
ft-lbs to prevent leakage.

July 2014

4-40

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

21.75 in.
(552 mm)

8
3

19.00 in
(483 mm)
600
300

BACK VIEW

PSI

900

1200

0
KIDDE-FENWAL
263144

1500

58.75 in.
(1494 mm)

1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY


2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
4. STRAP - TWO CYLINDER
5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE

56.72 in.
(1440 mm)

7
55.50 in
(1410 mm)

51.50 in.
(1308 mm)

200 LB.

45.25 in.
(1150 mm)

2300 CU. IN.

1
30.00 in.
(762.mm)

FRONT VIEW

12.75 in. Dia.


(324 mm)

16-19 in.
(403-479 mm)
8.50 in. Dia.
(216 mm)

Figure 4-25. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 200 lb. Cylinder


3

21.75 in.
(552 mm)
8

19.00 in
(483 mm)

1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY


2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
4. STRAP - TWO CYLINDER
5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE

600
300

PSI

900

1200

0
KIDDE-FENWAL
263144

1500

BACK VIEW

65.25 in.
(1659 mm)

63.22 in.
(1605 mm)

61.25 in.
(1575 mm)

58.00 in.
(1473 mm)

51.03 in.
(1270 mm)

350 lb.

4070 CU. IN.

37.00 in.
(940 mm)

FRONT VIEW

18.5-21.5in.
(470-546 mm)
16.00 in. Dia.
(406 mm)

10.50 in. Dia.


(267 mm)

Figure 4-26. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 350 lb. Cylinder

06-237256-001

4-41

July 2014

Design and Installation

3
5

8
6

1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY


2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
4. STRAP - AGENT CYLINDER
5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
9. STRAP - NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS

34.0 in.
(867 mm)

61.0 in.
(1549 mm)

4070
cu. in .

600 lb .

47.4 in.
(1204 mm)

58 in.
(1473 mm)
63.22 in.
(1606 mm)

65.25 in.
(1810 mm)

37.0 in.
(940 mm)

2
18.0 in.
(457 mm)

21.5-24.5 in.
(545-622 mm)
22.0 in.
(559 mm)

10.50 in.
(267 mm)

Figure 4-27. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 600 lb. Cylinder


3

70 in.
(1778 mm)

4890
cu. in.

900 lb.

58.6 in.
(1488 mm)

1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY


2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
4. STRAP - AGENT CYLINDER
5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER

34.0 in.
(867 mm)

64 in.
(1626 mm)

69.22 in.
(1758 mm)
71.25 in.
(1810 mm)

44.6 in.
(1133 mm)

22 in.
(559 mm)

23-26 in.
(581-657 mm)
24 in.
(610 mm)

11.25 in.
(286 mm)

Figure 4-28. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 900 lb. Cylinder


18. Assemble the plain-nut discharge head to the bell fitting on the nitrogen transfer hose.

July 2014

4-42

06-237256-001

Design and Installation


19. Remove the red protective cap from the nitrogen driver valve.
20. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the valve on the nitrogen cylinder.
21. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.

WARNING

Control heads must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to the Kidde ECS ADS Series
cylinders in order to prevent accidental discharge and possible personal injury.

22. Install the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
CONNECT TO NITROGEN DRIVER
USING P/N 06-118207-00X
FOR NITROGEN MANIFOLD SYSTEMS,
USE HOSE P/N 06-118324-001*

NITROGEN TRANSFER FITTING


ORIFICE FITTING

CHECK DIFFUSER

Figure 4-29. Single Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly with Assembled Actuation
Components

06-237256-001

4-43

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-3.10.3 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Two Driver Kidde ECS ADS Series System
(600 and 900 lb. Systems Only)

WARNING

Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders must be located and mounted where they will
not be accidently damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to
prevent the cylinder from damage or movement.

1. Position Kidde ECS ADS Series and nitrogen driver cylinders in designated location, and secure in place with cylinder strap and attaching hardware. Cylinders, straps and brackets
must be properly anchored to structural supports to adequately secure the Kidde ECS ADS
Series cylinders (see Figure 4-32 and Figure 4-33). Orient cylinder with valve outlet angled
toward system piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Connect a 3-inch flexible discharge hose or grooved piping to the cylinder outlet port. See
Section 4-3.9 for more information.

WARNING

In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the


discharge hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping
before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.

4. Install supervisory pressure switches (if applicable). Refer to Paragraph 4-3.21 for installation instructions.
5

2
4
1

Figure 4-30. Dual Driver Actuation Kit Assembly


Table 4-17. Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit Part Numbers

July 2014

Item
No.

Qty.

Part Number

Description

06-236260-001

Nitrogen Transfer "Y" Fitting

82-878737-000

Pressure Operated Control Head

06-118191-001

Fitting Flared 1/8" x 1/4"

06-118193-001

3/16" Flexible Actuation Hose

06-118192-001

1/8" Branch Tee

WK-263303-000

1/8" Schrader Valve

WK-263304-000

1/8" Schrader Valve Cap

06-118330-001

3/4" Nipple

4-44

06-237256-001

Design and Installation


5. Apply thread tape to the 3/4-in. HEX nipple and thread into the Y transfer fitting.
6. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the first 1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting, thread NPT male into
the nitrogen transfer fitting and tighten.
7. Remove the safety cap from the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
8. Install the orifice fitting to the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
9. Take the two assembled components and thread into orifice fitting attached to the nitrogen diffuser assembly, then tighten.
10. Apply thread tape to the male end of 1/8-in. branch tee and thread into the pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878737-000). Tighten the branch tee.
11. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the second 1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting and
thread into one side of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Tighten the flared fitting.
12. Apply thread tape to the male end of the Schrader valve. Securely threading the male end
into the open end of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Apply Schrader cap to Schrader fitting.
13. Connect 1/4-in. actuation hose to flare fitting that was applied to the 1/8-in. branch tee.
14. Connect the other end of the 1/4-in. actuation hose into the flare fitting that was connected
in the busing previously.
15. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve.
16. Using a suitable wrench, assemble control head to cylinder valve and tighten swivel nut securely.
17. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.

WARNING

The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in the fully
retracted or SET position) before attaching it to an agent cylinder in order to prevent
accidental discharge and possible personal injury.

18. Install the pneumatic control head to the top of the 3-inch valve (actuation port).
19. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the bell fitting on the nitrogen transfer hose. Torque
to 60-80 ft-lbs to prevent leakage.
20. Remove the red protective cap from the nitrogen driver valve.
21. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the valve on the nitrogen cylinder.
Note: Repeat Steps 19 through 21 when a second driver is used.
22. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.

WARNING

Control heads must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to the Kidde ECS ADS
cylinders in order to prevent accidental discharge and possible personal injury.

23. Install the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.

TO PLAIN NUT
DISCHARGE HEAD.
CONNECTED TO
NITROGEN DRIVER (TYP.)

NITROGEN TRANSFER Y FITTING


3/4 in. NIPPLE
ORIFICE FITTING
CHECK DIFFUSER

Figure 4-31. Dual Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly with Assembled Actuation Components

06-237256-001

4-45

July 2014

Design and Installation

10.55 in.
(268 mm)

36.0 in.
(914 mm)

SIDE VIEW

6
34.0 in.
(867 mm)

FRONT VIEW

61.0 in.
(1549 mm)

4070
cu. in .

600 lb .

47.4 in.
(1204 mm)

58 in.
(1473 mm)
63.22 in.
(1606 mm)

65.25 in.
(1810 mm)

37.0 in.
(940 mm)

2
18.0 in.
(457 mm)

1. ASSY - CYL. AND VA LV E ADS ASSY


2. ASSY - CYL. AND VA LVE NITROGEN DRIVER
3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
4. STRAP - HFC-227EA CYLINDER
5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
6. ASSY - ACTUA TION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS

21.5-24.5 in.
(545-622 mm)
22.0 in.
(559 mm)

10.55 in.
(268 mm)

Figure 4-32. Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 600 lb. Systems

11.25 in.
(286 mm)

36.0 in.
(914 mm)

6
5

34.0 in.
(867 mm)

70 in.
(1778 mm)

4890
cu. in.

900 lb.

58.6 in.
(1488 mm)

64 in.
(1626 mm)
69.22 in.
(1758 mm)
71.25 in.
(1810 mm)

44.6 in.
(1133 mm)

2
22 in.
(559 mm)

1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE PHOENIX ASSY


2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
4. STRAP - HFC-227EA CYLINDER
5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS

23-26 in.
(581-657 mm)
24 in.
(610 mm)

11.25 in.
(286 mm)

Figure 4-33. Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 900 lb. Systems

July 2014

4-46

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-3.11

Installation of Electric Control Heads to Nitrogen Driver Only


Before installing a control head on a nitrogen driver cylinder valve, ensure the
control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully
retracted or SET position). Failure to position the control head in the SET
position will result in accidental discharge and possible personal injury when
the control head is installed on the driver valve.

WARNING

1. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder actuation port. Ensure the control head is in SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully retracted or SET position).
2. Install the electric control head on the cylinder actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut.
3. Make all electrical connections (see Figure 4-34).

0.750 NPT TO FLEXIBLE


CONDUIT ADAPTER
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT

OPTIONAL CONNECTION
FOR MICROSWITCH
(TERMINAL 2)

PLUS OR HOT CONNECTION


(TERMINAL 3)

MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND CONNECTION
(TERMINAL 1)

TERMINAL STRAP
3

MICROSWITCH
MICROSWITCH
LEVER
SWIVEL
NUT

INDICATOR AND
RESET STEM

CAM

Figure 4-34. Electrical Connections for Control Head (P/Ns WK-890181-000)

06-237256-001

4-47

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-3.12

Installation of Pressure Operated Control Heads (P/Ns 82-878737000 and 82-878750-000)


1. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder actuation port (see
Figure 4-35).

WARNING

When attaching the lever/pressure-operated control head to the valve, the


swivel nut must be tightened to a torque of 55 ft-lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
nut as directed may result in leakage during actuation.

1.00" HEX
(25.4 mm)

1/8"-27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET
PISTON

2.19"
(55.6 mm)

SWIVEL NUT

SET
OPERATED

1.250-18
UNEF-3B
1.50" HEX
(38 mm)

Figure 4-35. Pressure Operated Control Head


2. Install a pressure operated control head with flexible actuation hose attached to the cylinder actuation port.

WARNING

July 2014

Ensure that the pilot line is not pressurized and the actuating pins are in the SET
position (that is, the actuating pins are in the fully retracted or SET position).
Failure to follow this procedure will result in accidental discharge and possible
death, personal injury, and property damage when the control head is installed
on the valve.

4-48

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-3.13

Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads (P/Ns 81895630-000 and WK-897494-000)


The following procedures must be performed before attaching a control head to a cylinder valve
(see Figure 4-36).
1. Remove the four screws holding the cable housing cover on the control head. Remove the
cover.
2. Position the control head in the approximately installed position at the nitrogen driver cylinder valve control port but do not assemble onto the actuation port of the nitrogen driver
cylinder valve.
3. Check that the control head is in the SET position.
4. Assemble the pull cable conduit to the conduit connection on the control head.
5. Feed the cable into the control head through the hole in the operating lever.
6. Feed the cable through the cable clamp. Pull the cable taut, allowing approximately 1/4inch to 1/2-inch clearance between the cable clamp and the operating lever. Tighten the
set screws in the cable clamp to secure the cable to the clamp.
7. Cut off any excess cable.
8. Verify the manual remote cable operation to ensure control head actuates and all cable
clamps are tight.
9. Pull the cable back to its normal set (non-operated) position.
10. Reset the control head.

1/16 CABLE

1/2" E.M.T.

DIRECTION
OF PULL

11. Replace the control head cover.

FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
3/4 NPT BY FLEXIBLE
CONDUIT CONNECTOR

PLUS OR HOT
CONNECTION

MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND
CONNECTION

THREAD CABLE
THRU HOLE IN
OPERATING LEVER

TERMINAL STRIP

POSITION CABLE
BLOCK APPROXIMATELY
AS SHOWN LEAVING
1/4 - 1/2 GAP

OPTIONAL CONNECTION
FOR MICROSWITCH

MICROSWITCH
SWIVEL NUT

INDICATOR AND
RESET STEM

MICROSWITCH
LEVER
CAM

VIEW WITH COVER AND


NAMEPLATE REMOVED

Figure 4-36. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head


12. Examine the seal wire at the safety pull pin. Make sure it is intact.
13. Make all electrical connections.
14. Assemble the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port. Tighten the
swivel nut securely.

CAUTION

06-237256-001

If local means of operation is used to actuate the directional valves,


consideration must be given to the number of personnel necessary to locally
operate the directional valves and cylinders in an emergency situation.

4-49

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-3.14

Installation of Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 81-979469-000)


The following procedures must be performed before attaching the control head to the nitrogen
driver cylinder valve.
1. Remove the protection cap from the actuation port on the nitrogen cylinder valve.
2. Remove the cover from the control head and take out the wheel assembly, cable pipe locknut and closure disc.
3. Make sure the plunger is below the surface of the control head body. Position the control
head at the valve control port with the arrow pointing in the direction of pull.
4. Assemble the cable pipe locknut to the cable pipe and place the cable pipe in the control
head body.
5. Slide the wheel assembly on the control cable to the SET position. Tighten the set screws
securely. Make sure the wheel assembly is at the start of the stroke.
6. Cut off any excess control cable close to the wheel assembly.
7. Insert the closure disc and replace the cover on the control head. The control head is now
armed.

CAUTION

To ensure the manual lever does not snag or trap the cable, make sure the local
manual release lever is in the SET position with the locking pin and seal wire
installed before assembling the control head cover to the body.

8. Assemble control head to nitrogen valve actuation port. Tighten swivel nut securely.

CAUTION

CAUTION
4-3.15

The cable operated control head (P/N 81-979469-000) must not be used with
the stackable pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-000). Installing
the cable operated control head on the actuation port of the stackable pressure
operated control head will cause the device to malfunction.

If local means of operation is used to actuate the directional valves,


consideration must be given to the number of personnel necessary to locally
operate the directional valves and cylinders in an emergency situation.

Installation of Lever Operated Control Head (P/N WK-870652-000)


1. Ensure the control head is in the SET position with the safety pull pin and seal wire intact.
2. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
3. Using a suitable wrench, assemble the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve
actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut securely.

July 2014

4-50

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-3.16

Installation of Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder (P/N WK-877940-200) and


Mounting Bracket (P/N WK-877845-000)
1. Locate the nitrogen cylinder mounting bracket in an area where the nitrogen driver cylinder
valve assembly and control head will be protected from inclement weather by a suitable
total or partial enclosure, preferably adjacent to the Kidde ECS ADS Series.
2. Install the mounting bracket clamps and hardware. Install the nitrogen pilot cylinder in position in a mounting bracket; tighten sufficiently to hold the cylinder in place while allowing
the cylinder enough free play to be rotated.
3. Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge outlet is in the desired position. The nitrogen cylinder must be positioned so that control head is readily accessible during manual
operation.
4. Securely tighten the mounting bracket clamps and hardware.
5. Attach the adapter (P/N WK-699205-010) and connect the nitrogen pilot lines.
6. Remove the protective cap from the nitrogen driver valve actuation port.
7. Install the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port and tighten securely.

WARNING
4-3.17

Control heads must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to the Kidde ECS ADS
cylinders in order to prevent accidental discharge and possible personal injury.

Installation of Pressure Switch (P/N 81-486536-000)


Pressure switches must be connected to the discharge manifold or piping in an upright position
as shown on the system drawings. Both the standard and explosion-proof switches have 1/2inch NPT pressure inlets to connect to the system piping. The electrical connections are either
1/2-inch conduit knockouts for the standard pressure switch and 1-inch NPT fittings for the
explosion-proof pressure switch.

WARNING
4-3.18

To prevent personal injury, de-energize all electrical components before


installing the pressure switch.

Installation of Pressure Trip (P/N 81-874290-000)


Install the pressure trip on the discharge manifold or piping in the horizontal position as shown
on the system drawings. Connect the trip to the piping with 1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe. The
minimum operating pressure required is 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge). The maximum allowable load
to be attached to the retaining ring is 100 lb. (45 kg).

06-237256-001

4-51

July 2014

Design and Installation

4-3.19

Installation of Manual Pull Station (P/N 81-871403-000)


1. Locate the remote pull boxes as shown on the system installation drawings (per NFPA 2001,
Edition 2012 Section 4.3.3.7).
2. Connect the pull boxes to the control heads using 3/8-inch, Schedule 40 pipe or 1/2 EMT,
depending on application. Do not run more than one cable in each pipe run.
3. Install a corner pulley at each change in pipe direction. Do not bend the pipe. A dual-pull
equalizer (P/N 81-840051-000) should be installed where one pull box operates two controls. A dual-pull mechanism (P/N 81-840058-000) should be installed where two pull boxes operate one control.
4. Beginning at the pull boxes, remove the covers of the first corner pulley. Feed the cable
through the pulley into the 3/8-inch pipe. Connect one end of the cable to the cable fastener
in the pull box, allowing the short end to project at least 1/2-inch. Seat the cable in the
groove by pulling on the long end. Screw the fastener and cable into the handle. Route the
other end to the control heads, taking up as much slack as possible. Attach the end of the
cable to the fastener in the control head.
5. Reattach the corner pulley covers.
6. Check that control head is in SET position. Install the control head to the nitrogen cylinder
valve.

4-3.20

Installation of Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000)


The discharge indicator must be installed on the discharge manifold, either in a vertical or
horizontal position. The indicator has a 3/4-inch NPT male connection. Make certain the
indicator stem is in the normal position.

July 2014

4-52

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-3.21

Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/Ns 06-118262-001)


Installation of the supervisory pressure switch can be accomplished safely on a pressurized
cylinder.

WARNING

To prevent personal injury, de-energize all electrical components before


installing the pressure switch.

CAUTION

When attaching or removing the supervisory pressure switch from the cylinder
valve, attach a wrench to the fitting and hold securely while tightening or
loosening the pressure switch.

VALVE
WRENCH FLATS
SUPERVISORY PRESSURE
SWITCH FITTING
PRESSURE SWITCH

ELECTRICAL CABLE
FOR SWITCH CONNECTION

Figure 4-37.

Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch

Note: The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for releasing device service
and compatible with Kidde ECS System equipment.

BLUE: N.O. (N.C. UNDER PRESSURE)


BLACK: N.C. (N.O. UNDER PRESSURE)

VIOLET: COM.

FACTORY SEALED
LEADWIRES 36 in. LONG 1 in.

0.500 -14 NPT


CAUTION LABEL

4.125 in.
(10.48 cm)

NAMEPLATE LABEL

O-RING
0.250 in. SAE 45 FLARE
(CONNECTION FOR
06-118262-001
SHOWN)

Figure 4-38. Supervisory Pressure Switch Electrical Connections


06-237256-001

4-53

July 2014

Design and Installation

P
3

5A 24 Vdc (Resistive)
5A 240 Vac (Resistive)

Figure 4-39. Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating
Note: When cylinder supervisory pressure switch (P/N 06-118262-001) is connected to a supervised control panel circuit, and the switch is wired NC under pressure, it is not possible to distinguish between a wiring fault and a loss of container pressure. This
configuration should only be used if accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

4-3.21.1 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118263-001


Install the supervisory pressure switch as follows:
1. Check that the sealing surface of the flare connection of the supervisory switch is not
scratched, dented, scored, etc.
2. Remove the end cap from the pressure switch port of the valve. This is a flare fitting and
does not require tape dope or any type of sealant.
3. Install the pressure switch onto the pressure port of the valve. Be sure to secure the pressure port with a wrench so that you are not turning the port fitting further into the valve.
Tighten the switch hand-tight and then tighten 1/4-turn further using a wrench.
Important: Leak test the pressure switch connection with an agent leak detector or a bubbling solution. If the connection leaks, the switch may be tightened further until the leak is
eliminated, again, be sure to have a counter wrench on the switch port.

July 2014

4-54

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

4-3.22

Post-Installation Checkout
After the Kidde ECS ADS installation has been completed, perform the following inspections
and tests.
1. Verify that the cylinders of correct weight and pressure are installed in accordance with installation drawings.
2. Verify that the cylinder brackets and straps are properly installed and all fittings are tight.
3. The piping distribution system must be inspected for compliance with the system drawings,
NFPA 2001, design limitations within this manual and the computerized hydraulic calculations associated with each independent piping and nozzle configuration.
4. Check that the discharge manifold, discharge piping and actuation piping are securely
hung. Ensure all fittings are tight and securely fastened to prevent agent leakage and hazardous movement during discharge. The means of pipe size reduction and installation position of the tees must be checked for conformance to the design requirements.
5. The piping distribution system must be cleaned, blown free of foreign material and inspected internally to ensure that oil or particulate matter will not soil the hazard area or reduce
the nozzle orifice area and affect agent distribution.
6. System piping should be pressure tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA
2001.
7. Ensure that the check valves are installed in the proper location as indicated on the installation drawings and that the equipment is installed with the arrow pointing in the direction
of flow.
8. Verify the nozzles are installed in the correct locations and have the correct part numbers
and orifice sizes as indicated on installation drawings. Discharge nozzles must be oriented
such that optimum agent dispersal can be achieved. Check the nozzle orifices for any obstructions.
9. The discharge nozzles, piping and mounting brackets must be installed such that they will
not cause injury to personnel. The agent must not be discharged at head height or below
where people in a normal work area could be injured by the discharge. The agent must not
directly impinge on any loose objects or shelves, cabinet tops or similar surfaces where
loose objects could be propelled by the discharge.
10. For systems with a main/reserve capability, the MAIN/RESERVE switch must be clearly
identified and properly installed where it is readily accessible.
11. Manual pull stations must also be clearly identified and properly installed where they are
readily accessible. All manual stations that activate agent systems should be properly identified as to their purpose. Particular care should be taken where manual pull stations for
more than one system are in close proximity and could be confused and the wrong system
actuated. In this case, manual stations should be clearly identified as to which hazard area
they affect.
12. For systems using directional valves, it is recommended that each valve is clearly labelled,
indicating the hazard to which it is protecting. In addition, all directional valves should have
the internal flow position verified prior to system approval.
13. Warning and instruction signs at protected area entrances, as well as inside, shall be provided per NFPA 2001, Edition 2012, Section 4.3.5.5.
14. Perform the electric control head test outlined in Paragraph 5-4.3.2 on all cylinders
equipped with electric control heads
15. Perform the pressure switch test outlined in Paragraph 5-4.3.1 for all pressure switches installed.
16. All acceptance testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001, Edition 2012.

06-237256-001

4-55

July 2014

Design and Installation

To ensure that all control solenoids and relays are in the correct position after
installing, testing or servicing a system, the following procedure must be
followed immediately before placing a system into service:
1. Remove all control head solenoids from the cylinders.

WARNING

2. Completely de-energized all control panels, including removal of battery


power.
3. Re-energize panels and verify that the panels are in normal operating
condition with no alarms or troubles.
4. Reinstall the solenoids on the cylinders.
Failure to adhere to this sequence may result in equipment malfunction when
the suppression system activates.

July 2014

4-56

06-237256-001

Design and Installation

06-237256-001

4-57

July 2014

Design and Installation

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

July 2014

4-58

06-237256-001

Maintenance

CHAPTER 5
MAINTENANCE
5-1

INTRODUCTION
This chapter contains maintenance instructions for the Kidde ECS ADS Series. These
procedures must be performed regularly in accordance with regulations. If problems arise,
corrective action must be taken.

5-2

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as agent) and
nitrogen cylinder valve assemblies must be handled, installed, inspected, and
serviced only by qualified and trained personnel in accordance with the
instructions contained in this manual and Compressed Gas Association (CGA)
pamphlets C-1, C-6, and P-1. CGA pamphlets may be obtained from Compressed
Gas Association: http://www.cganet.com. Before performing maintenance
procedures, refer to the material safety data sheets and safety bulletins in the
appendix of this manual.

WARNING

5-2.1

General
A regular program of systematic maintenance must be established for continuous, proper
operation of each Kidde ECS ADS Series. A periodic maintenance schedule must be followed
and an inspection log maintained for ready reference. As a minimum, the log must record:

Inspection interval

Inspection procedure performed

Maintenance performed, if any, as a result of inspection

Name of inspector performing task

If inspection indicates areas of rust or corrosion are present, immediately clean and repaint the
area. Perform cylinder hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with Paragraph 5-4.5.1,
Paragraph 6-3.3, and Paragraph 6-4.1 of this manual.

5-3

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Perform preventive maintenance per Table 5-1
Table 5-1. Preventative Maintenance Schedule
Schedule

Requirement

Paragraph

Weekly

Check nitrogen cylinder pressure

5-4.1

Monthly

Inspect hazard area system components

5-4.2

Test pressure switches

5-4.3

Semi-Annually

Test electric control heads


Check agent cylinder weights
Every 2 Years

Blow out distribution piping

Every 5 Years

Agent and nitrogen cylinder and flexible hose


hydrostatic pressure test and/or inspection

06-237256-001

5-1

5-4.4
5-4.5.1, 6-3.3 and

6-4.1

July 2014

Maintenance

5-4

INSPECTION PROCEDURES

5-4.1

Weekly

5-4.1.1

Check Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Pressure


Check the nitrogen driver cylinder pressure gauge for proper operating pressure (see Table 36). If the pressure gauge indicates a pressure loss (adjusted for temperature) of more than
10%, it shall be refilled. Remove and recharge the cylinder with nitrogen to 1800 PSIG at 70
F (124 bar gauge at 21 C).

5-4.2

Monthly

5-4.2.1

General Inspection
Make a general inspection of all cylinders and equipment for damaged or missing parts. If the
equipment requires replacement or cleaning, refer to Paragraph 5-5.

5-4.2.2

Hazard Access
Ensure access to hazard areas, manual pull stations, discharge nozzles and cylinders are
unobstructed and that there are no obstructions to the operation of the equipment or
distribution of the agent.

5-4.2.3

Inspect Hoses
Inspect the 3/16-inch flexible actuation hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks,
distortion, cuts, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings, replace hoses having stripped
threads or other damage. If necessary, clean parts as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1. Inspect
adapters, couplings and tees at the agent cylinder for tightness. Tighten couplings if necessary.
Replace damaged parts.

5-4.2.4

Inspect Pressure Control Heads


Inspect nitrogen driver cylinder pressure operated control heads for physical damage,
deterioration, corrosion, distortion, cracks, dirt and loose couplings. Tighten loose couplings.
Replace the control head if damage is found. If necessary, clean as directed in
Paragraph 5-5.1.

WARNING

5-4.2.5

Before resetting the lever/pressure operated control head, all pressure must be
relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines.
Pressure can be relieved from unvented actuation tubing by loosening the
fitting on the control head slightly and allowing the line to bleed out completely.
Failure to perform this action can result in damage to the control head.

Inspect Electric Control Heads


Inspect nitrogen driver cylinder electric control heads for physical damage, corrosion or dirt.
Check the control heads flexible electrical line for wear and damage. Check the control head
for loose coupling. If necessary, tighten coupling. Check that the indicator is in the SET
position, the pull pin is installed in the manual lever, and the seal wire is intact. Replace the
control head if damage is found. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.

July 2014

5-2

06-237256-001

Maintenance

5-4.2.6

Inspect Cylinder and Valve Assembly for Both the Agent Cylinder and
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
Inspect the agent cylinder and valve assembly for leakage, physical damage such as cracks,
dents, distortion and worn parts. Check the safety disc for damage. Replace damaged safety
disc per Paragraph 6-2.1.5. If damaged parts are found on the agent cylinder or cylinder valve,
replace as required. If necessary, clean the cylinder and associated parts as directed in
Paragraph 5-5.1.
Inspect the nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly for leakage, physical damage such as
cracks, dents, distortion and worn parts. Check the safety disc and pressure gauges for
damage. Replace damaged gauges or safety disc per Paragraph 6-2.2.3. If the gauge pressure
is not normal (1800 PSIG at 70 F [124 bar gauge at 21 C]), remove and recharge the cylinder
as described in Paragraph 6-4.2 and Paragraph 6-4.3. If damaged, parts are found on the
nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly, replace as required.

5-4.2.7

Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware


Inspect the agent and nitrogen driver cylinder brackets, straps, cradles and mounting
hardware for loose, damaged or broken parts. Check the cylinder brackets, straps and
associated parts for corrosion, oil, grease, grime, etc. Tighten loose hardware. Replace
damaged parts. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.

5-4.2.8

Inspect Discharge Hoses


Inspect flexible discharge hoses and transfer hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks,
rust, kinks, distortion, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings and replace hoses with
stripped threads. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.

5-4.2.9

Inspect Actuation Line


Inspect the nitrogen actuation assembly line (if used) and support brackets for continuity,
physical damage, loose fittings, distortion, cracks or cuts. Tighten loose fittings. Replace
damaged parts. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.
Note: If discharge or actuation hoses are found to be damaged or of questionable integrity,
test hoses per NFPA 2001, Edition 2012, Section. 7.3.2. Replace hose(s) if required.

5-4.2.10 Inspect Discharge Nozzles


Inspect discharge nozzles for dirt and physical damage. Replace damaged nozzles. If nozzles
are dirty or clogged, refer to Paragraph 5-5.1.

CAUTION

Nozzles must never be painted. A part number is located on each nozzle.


Nozzles must be replaced by nozzles of the same part number. Nozzles must
never be interchanged; random interchanging of nozzles could adversely affect
proper agent distribution and concentration within a hazard area.

5-4.2.11 Inspect Pull Stations


Inspect all manual pull stations for cracks, broken or cracked glass plate, dirt or distortion.
Inspect pull stations for signs of physical damage. Replace damaged glass. Replace the station
if other damage is found. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.

5-4.2.12 Inspect Pressure Switches


Inspect pressure switches for deformations, cracks, dirt or other damage. Replace the switch
if damaged. If necessary, clean the switch as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.

06-237256-001

5-3

July 2014

Maintenance

5-4.3

Semi-Annual

5-4.3.1

Pressure Switch Test


Perform the pressure switch test as follows:
1. Contact the appropriate personnel and obtain authorization for shutdown of equipment in
hazard.
2. Ensure the hazard area operations controlled by pressure switch are operative.
3. Manually operate the switch by pulling up on the plunger and verify that hazard area operations controlled by pressure switch shut down.
4. Return the pressure switch to the SET position.
5. Reactivate all systems shut down by pressure switch (power and ventilation systems, compressors, etc.).

5-4.3.2

Electric Control Head Test


Electric control heads must be tested semi-annually for proper operation. This test can be
performed without discharging the nitrogen pilot or driver cylinder. Test one hazard area at a
time before proceeding to the next, as follows:

WARNING

All control heads must be removed from the nitrogen driver cylinders and
nitrogen pilot cylinders before testing to prevent possible personal injury,
death, or property damage in the event of accidental cylinder discharge.

1. Remove all electric control heads from all cylinders and nitrogen pilot cylinders serving the
hazard area being tested. Let the electric control heads hang freely from the flexible electric
conduit connections. Leave all pressure operated control heads and pilot actuation hoses
attached to the cylinders.
2. Operate the system electrically. This can be done by actuating the system at the system
control panel or from an electric pull station.
3. Ensure all electric control heads have operated, (that is, the indicator on the electric control
head has moved to the RELEASED position). If any control heads have not operated, check
the circuit for electric continuity to these particular heads and repeat the test. Replace all
damaged heads. Repeat the test if any control heads have been replaced.

CAUTION

Control head must be reset to the SET position (fully retracted actuation pin)
before reconnecting to a cylinder valve. Failure to follow this instruction will
result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.

4. Observe the instructions on the caution label attached to each electric control head. Replace any damaged heads which fail to reset properly before reconnecting to the cylinder.
Reattach all electric control heads to threaded port on cylinder valve or pressure operated
control head. Tighten the swivel nut securely. Make certain each electric control head is in
the SET position before reconnecting to the cylinders. Failure to follow this procedure will
result in accidental discharge.

July 2014

5-4

06-237256-001

Maintenance

5-4.3.3

Weighing Cylinders Using the Liquid Level Indicator


Determine the agent weight of the agent cylinders equipped with the liquid level indicator using
the following procedure. This procedure can be performed without removing the agent
cylinders from the system.
1. Remove the protective cap to expose the tape.
2. Raise the flexible tape slowly until it latches.
3. Note the reading at the point where the tape emerges from the fitting. Take care not to pull
the flexible tape upwards after it latches.
4. To determine the final, more precise reading, raise the tape again. Approximately two inches before the tape is expected to latch, raise the tape very slowly until it latches.
5. While supporting the weight of the tape, record the liquid level measurement.
6. Check the ambient temperature where the agent cylinders are stored and record the temperature.
7. Refer to the appropriate calibration charts (Figure 5-2 through Figure 5-5) and locate the
level reading on the flexible tape scale. Trace horizontally to the right to the appropriate
temperature plot. Read the weight of agent from the scale at the bottom of the chart. Record the weight and date on the record tag attached to the cylinder.
8. After the reading is taken, carefully push the tape down into the liquid level housing. Replace the protective cap.
Note: If the weight measured using the liquid level indicator indicates the cylinder should be
recharged, it is recommended that the cylinder first be removed from service and the
weight loss verified using a weigh scale before recharging.
All agent cylinders must be filled or recharged by weight using a platform scale or equivalent.
If weight loss is more than 5% per year of the agent charge, the unit must be recharged.

CAP

GRADUATED TAPE
P/N WK-283894-000
SHOWN IN MAGNETIC
INTERLOCK POSITION
READY TO TAKE READING.

READING TAKEN AT TOP


EDGE OF FITTING

O-RING
BRASS TUBE
TAPE INSIDE
BRASS TUBE

AGENT
CYLINDER

AGENT LEVEL

MAGNETIC END OF
TAPE ENGAGES
IN MAGNETIC FIELD
OF FLOAT WHEN
TAPE IS PULLED
UP TO TAKE READING.
MAGNET EMBEDDED
IN FLOAT.
FLOAT - FLOATS ON SURFACE
OF AGENT.
FREE TO MOVE UP OR DOWN
OUTSIDE OF BRASS TUBE.

RETAINER - FLOAT RESTS


HERE WHEN CYLINER
IS EMPTY.

Figure 5-1. Liquid Level Indicator

06-237256-001

5-5

July 2014

Maintenance

LLI Reading (in.)

LLI Chart
200 lb. Cylinder
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

130 F
70 F
0F

85

105

125

145

165

185

Agent Weight (lb.)

Figure 5-2. LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb. Cylinder

LLI Reading (in.)

LLI Chart
350 lb. Cylinder
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

130 F
70 F
0F

150

170

190

210

230

250

270

290

310

330

350

Agent Weight (lb.)

Figure 5-3. LLI Calibration Chart for 350 lb. Cylinder

July 2014

5-6

06-237256-001

Maintenance

LLI Reading (in.)

LLI Chart
600 lb. Cylinder
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

130 F
70 F
0F

250

270

290

310

330

350

370

390

410

430

450

470

490

510

530

550

570

590

610

Agent Weight (lb.)

Figure 5-4. LLI Calibration Chart for 600 lb. Cylinder

LLI Reading (in.)

LLI Chart
900 lb. Cylinder
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

130 F
70 F
0F

390 410 430 450 470 490 510 530 550 570 590 610 630 650 670 690 710 730 750 770 790 810 830 850 870 890 910
Agent Weight (lb.)

Figure 5-5. LLI Calibration Chart for 900 lb. Cylinder

06-237256-001

5-7

July 2014

Maintenance

5-4.3.4

Weighing Cylinders without Using the Liquid Level Indicator


Weigh the agent cylinders as follows:

WARNING

Install protection cap on agent cylinder valve actuation port and safety cap on
cylinder valve outlet port. Disconnect system actuation assembly, discharge
hoses and flexible pilot hoses to prevent accidental system discharge and
possible personal injury.

1. Remove cylinder(s) as instructed in Paragraph 5-6.


2. Place the cylinder on a scale.
3. Record the weight and date on the record card and attach it to the agent cylinder. The gross
weight and tare (empty) weight are metal stamped on the agent cylinder valve label.
Therefore, subtract tare weight from the gross weight to determine net weight of original
charge. Then, subtract tare weight from scale reading to determine net weight of the agent
remaining in the agent cylinder. If the recorded agent net weight is less than 95% of original charge net weight, replace the cylinder with a fully charged agent cylinder (refer to
Paragraph 5-6).
4. If the cylinder weight meets requirements, reinstall the cylinder (see Paragraph 5-7).

5-4.4

2 Year

5-4.4.1

Blow Out Distribution Piping

WARNING

Do not use water or oxygen to blow out pipe lines. Using oxygen is especially
dangerous since even a minute amount of oil may cause an explosion.

1. Remove any nozzles from piping to allow any foreign matter to blow clear.
2. Remove all pressure operated control heads from cylinders.

WARNING

Do not disconnect a pressure operated control head from a flexible discharge


hose. Accidental discharge of system will cause the flexible hose, without
control head attached, to whip around, resulting in possibly severe personal
injury and equipment damage.

3. Open the control valves and keep them open long enough to ensure the pipes are clean.
4. Blow out all distribution piping with air or nitrogen to ensure that it is not obstructed.
5. Reinstall the nozzles in their original locations.
6. Reconnect all control heads.

July 2014

5-8

06-237256-001

Maintenance

5-4.5

5 Year

5-4.5.1

Inspection and Retest Procedures for Agent or Nitrogen Cylinders


A cylinder that is damaged or corroded should be emptied, retested and restamped in
accordance with DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209 (see Paragraph 5-5.3).
Note: These guidelines do not apply to cylinders containing commodities other than the agent.
All agent cylinders are designed, fabricated, and factory tested in compliance with DOT CFR
4BW500 as stamped on each cylinder. All Nitrogen Driver cylinders are designed, fabricated,
and factory tested in compliance with DOT CFR 3AA as stamped on each cylinder.
Two sets of regulations apply to periodic inspection and test procedures depending on the
following:

5-4.5.1.1

Cylinders Continuously in Service Without Discharge


These cylinders are governed by NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 regulations. Cylinders in continuous
service without discharge require a complete external visual inspection every five years in
accordance with Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet C-6, Section 3, except that the
cylinders need not be emptied or stamped while under pressure. Record date of inspection on
record tag attached to each cylinder. Where the visual inspection shows damage or corrosion,
the cylinder shall be emptied, retested and restamped in accordance with DOT Regulatory
Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209.

5-4.5.1.2

Discharged Cylinders or Charged Cylinders that are Transported


These cylinders may come under NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 requirements, or, in the case of
shipment of charged cylinders, DOT, federal or state regulations may apply. In either case, the
cylinders shall not be charged and shipped if more than five years have elapsed from the date
of the last test date stamped on the cylinder. The cylinders shall be retested and restamped in
accordance with DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209.

5-4.5.2

Retest
DOT 3AA Nitrogen Driver cylinders and DOT 4BW500 agent cylinders used exclusively in the
agent service that are commercially free from corroding components are required to be
hydrostatically retested and restamped every five years, in accordance with DOT Regulatory
Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209 prior to recharge and shipment. An alternate option is an
external visual inspection performed in lieu of the hydrostatic test at the time the periodic
retest becomes due (in accordance with CFR Paragraph 180.209). Therefore, the retest can be
performed by either of the following methods:
Table 5-2. Retest Schedule
Retest Method

First Retest
Due

Subsequent
Retest Due

Special Marking

Full hydrostatic test including determination of


cylinder expansion

5 years

5 years

Retest Date Month/Year

External visual inspection per DOT Regulatory


Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209 and CGA
Pamphlet C-6, Section 3

5 years

5 years

Retest Date Followed by E

Note: The valve must be rebuilt after each hydrostatic test.

5-4.5.3

Flexible Hoses
In accordance with NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 clause 7.3), all system hoses shall be examined
annually for damage. If visual examination shows any deficiency, the hose shall be replaced or
tested.

06-237256-001

5-9

July 2014

Maintenance

5-5

SERVICE

5-5.1

Cleaning
Remove dirt from metallic parts using a lint-free cloth moistened with dry cleaning solvent. Dry
parts with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth or air blow dry. Wipe non-metallic parts with clean, dry,
lint-free cloth. Remove corrosion with crocus cloth.
Note: If the system utilizes directional valves, verify that the mufflers and the bleed vent hole
at the end of the solenoid are not clogged. Air blow as required to allow for proper venting.

5-5.2

Nozzle Service
Service nozzles after use as follows:
1. Clean the outside of the nozzles with a rag or soft brush.
2. Examine the discharge orifices for damage or blockage. If the nozzles appear to be obstructed, unscrew the nozzles and clean by immersing them in cleaning solvent. Dry with
lint-free cloth. Replace damaged nozzles. Nozzles must be replaced with the same part
number in the same location. See Paragraph 4-2.3.5 for the correct nozzle placement and
orientation.

5-5.3

Repairs
Replace all damaged parts found during inspection. Replacement procedures for Kidde ECS
ADS Series cylinders are provided below. Since replacement for other system components are
similar, refer to installation drawings and Kidde ECS ADS Series assembly drawings for
guidance.
Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders must be refilled or replaced when a cylinder indicates a loss in
weight in excess of 5% of the original charged net weight, or immediately after discharge.

5-6

REMOVING AN AGENT CYLINDER AND NITROGEN DRIVER


Remove an agent cylinder as follows:

WARNING
5-6.1

Do not disconnect the flexible discharge hose or valve outlet adapter prior to
removing a pressure-operated or electric control head from a nitrogen driver
cylinder. Before replacing a Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder in a hazard area
group, ensure the pilot line is completely vented of all pressure.

Single Cylinder System


1. Disconnect the swivel nut on the control head from the cylinder valve actuation port. Remove the control head from the driver cylinder.
2. Install a protection cap on the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
3. Disconnect the discharge head and transfer hose from the nitrogen hose from the nitrogen
driver cylinder.
4. Remove the valve outlet adapter, or loosen the swivel nut and remove the flexible discharge hose from the discharge outlet port adapter from the agent cylinder.
5. Immediately install a safety cap on the cylinder valve outlet port.
6. Remove the cylinder strap. Remove the agent cylinder from the bracket. Weigh the cylinder
using a platform scale, if applicable.

July 2014

5-10

06-237256-001

Maintenance

5-6.2

Multiple Cylinder System


1. Remove all control head and discharge heads from the nitrogen driver cylinders. Immediately install the protection caps.
2. Disconnect the swivel nut on the pressure operated control heads from the agent cylinder
valve actuation ports. Leave the flexible actuation hose or tubing attached to the pressure
operated control heads.
3. Immediately install the protection cap on the agent cylinder valve actuation port and the
nitrogen driver actuation ports.
4. Loosen the swivel nut and remove the flexible discharge hose from the discharge outlet port
of the agent cylinders.

WARNING

To prevent possible injury to personnel, each cylinder must have its safety cap
installed immediately upon disconnecting the discharge hose or valve adapter.

5. Immediately install the safety cap on the agent cylinder valve outlet port.
6. Remove attaching hardware or cylinder straps. Remove the cylinders from there bracket.
Weigh the cylinders using a platform scale, if applicable.

5-7

INSTALLING AN AGENT CYLINDER


Install agent cylinders as follows:

5-7.1

Single Cylinder System


1. Position the Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders in the designated location. Secure in place with
cylinder straps or wall brackets and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinder with the valve
outlet angled toward the cylinder discharge piping (refer to installation drawings).

CAUTION

In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the


discharge hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping
before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.

2. Remove the safety cap from the agent cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Immediately reconnect the valve outlet adapter or flexible discharge hose to the agent cylinder outlet port and connect to system piping.
4. Remove the protection cap from the agent cylinder actuation port.

WARNING

Control head must be reset to the SET position (fully retracted actuation pin)
before reconnecting to a cylinder valve. Failure to follow this instruction will
result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.

5. Install the pressure operated control head to the top of the agent cylinder valve.
6. Connect associated actuation hoses, transfer fittings, orifice fitting and transfer hose.
7. Connect transfer hose to discharge head.
8. Attach discharge head to nitrogen driver cylinder valve.
9. Install control head to nitrogen driver.

06-237256-001

5-11

July 2014

Maintenance

5-7.2

Multiple Cylinder System


1. Position the agent cylinders in designated location. Secure in place with cylinder straps or
wall brackets and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinders with the valve outlets angled
towards the cylinder discharge piping. (Refer to system installation drawings.)

CAUTION

Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters must be connected into system piping
(union connection) before attaching to cylinder valves.

2. Remove the safety caps from the agent cylinder valve outlet ports.
3. Immediately reconnect flexible discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters to the cylinder
valve outlet ports. Connect all agent cylinders to system piping.
4. Remove the protection caps from all agent cylinder actuation ports and connect the pressure operated control heads to the top of all the agent cylinder valves.

WARNING

Control head must be reset to the SET position (fully retracted actuation pin)
before reconnecting to a cylinder valve. Failure to follow this instruction will
result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.

5. Install all pressure operated control heads with flexible actuation hoses or tubing on the
agent cylinder valve actuation ports. Tighten the swivel nuts.
6. Connect all associated actuation hoses, transfer fittings, orifice fittings and transfer hoses.
7. Connect the discharge heads to the transfer hoses.
8. Reinstall all pressure operated control heads with flexible actuation hoses or tubing on all
the nitrogen driver cylinders (refer to Paragraph 4-2.5.5 for the 200 and 350 lb. cylinders;
refer to Paragraph 4-2.6.5 for the 600 and 900 lb. cylinders).
9. Connect the discharge heads to the nitrogen driver cylinders.
10. Connect the control head to the actuation port of the master nitrogen driver cylinder.

5-7.3

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders


1. Install nitrogen cylinder in mounting bracket. Rotate cylinder until valve outlet is in desired
position.
2. Tighten mounting bracket strap.
3. Remove pipe plug and connect adapter (Part No. WK-699205-010) to cylinder valve outlet
port. Attach flexible actuation hose to outlet port adapter.
4. Remove protection cap from cylinder valve control head port.
Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the
fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to the cylinder valve.

WARNING

IF THE CONTROL HEAD IS IN THE ACTUATED POSITION, THE CYLINDER VALVE


WILL DISCHARGE ON ATTEMPTING TO PLACE THE CONTROL HEAD ON THE
VALVE ACTUATION PORT.

5. Install control head to cylinder valve.


6. Tighten the control head to the valve. Tightening the control head to the valve requires that
a wrench be used to hold the valve while the control head hex nut is tightened. The outlet
fitting (1/8 NPT to 5/16 tube connector) must be removed to expose the two flats on the
valve body (new cylinders are supplied with plastic shipping plug in this outlet).

July 2014

5-12

06-237256-001

Maintenance
7. Both the valve body and the control head hex nut are 1-1/2 across the flats. Hold the valve
body using a 1-1/2 wrench (preferred) or a suitable smooth jawed adjustable wrench.
8. Position the control head in the desired orientation and hand tighten the hex-nut. Using a
torque wrench1 fitted with a 1-1/2 crowfoot wrench, tighten to a minimum torque of 60
ft. lb.2.
9. Reinstall outlet fitting and connect to system hose, tubing or pipe (as appropriate).
1 Recommended 10-100 ft. lb. 1/2 drive torque wrench. Other ranges are acceptable provided 40-60 ft. lb. is within optimum tolerance for the tool.
2

Set wrench to a minimum setting of 55 ft. lb. (most styles of crowfoot will increase the
actual torque value by approximately 10% since a typical 1-1/2 crowfoot wrench has a
center-to-center dimension of 2. Actual minimum torque value is 60 ft. lb. Calculate effect
of crowfoot using tool manufacturers data.

5-8

REPLACING THE NITROGEN DRIVER PRESSURE GAUGE


Kidde Fire Systems offers two options for nitrogen driver pressure gauges. P/N: 06-118328001and P/N: 06118253-001. Follow these instructions to replace these gauges:

WARNING

Nitrogen drive cylinders must be empty before replacing the pressure gauge.
Failure to empty the cylinder will result in cylinder discharge when attempting
to replace the gauge, resulting in possible personal injury, death, or property
damage.

1. Make sure the nitrogen drive cylinder is empty.


2. For en.Gauge supervised pressure gauge, disconnect the gauge from the control panel.
3. Unscrew the gauge from the nitrogen drive cylinder.
4. Apply Teflon tape to the male threads of the new pressure gauge excluding the first two
threads.
5.

Screw the new gauge into the nitrogen drive cylinder, ensuring that the green area of the
gauge readout is in the 12 oclock position.

6. Recharge the cylinder as specified in Section 6-4.3 and return the drive cylinder to service.
If applicable, reconnect the supervised pressure gauge to the control panel.

06-237256-001

5-13

July 2014

Maintenance

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

July 2014

5-14

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

CHAPTER 6
POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
6-1

INTRODUCTION
Follow these procedures after the system has been activated and discharged 3M Novec
1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as agent).

6-2

POST-FIRE MAINTENANCE

6-2.1

Agent Valve Inspection and Service


Some components in the agent valve assembly will need to be inspected and serviced before
recharging the cylinder/valve assembly. All O-rings must be replaced whenever a valve is
disassembled. Part numbers for items which may require replacement are listed in Table 6-1.
Inspect and service the agent valve as follows:

6-2.1.1

Agent Discharge Valve Disassembly (2 Valve)

WARNING

Before removing the valve, make certain all pressure has been relieved from the
cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, make sure the cylinder is secure,
then depress the pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved.

1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the cylinder neck O-ring (Item 4 in Figure 6-1) and discard the O-ring.
3. Remove the valve cap, spring and piston assembly.
Note: Remove all internal components of the agent valve from the top of the assembly. However, if there is excessive friction at the piston O-ring, the siphon tube may have to be
removed and the piston assembly pushed out the valve body from the bottom.
4. Remove the valve cap O-ring (Item 1) and piston O-ring (Item 2). Discard the O-rings.
5. Remove the seat retainer from the piston by first unscrewing the 4 cap screws, followed by
the hex nut.
6. Remove the seat O-ring (Item 3) and discard the O-ring.
7. Examine the Schrader valve core pin (Item 5) for any evidence of bending or other damage.
Depress the pin and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace the valve core if necessary
using a standard Schrader core wrench. When reinstalling a new Schrader core element,
torque to 1 to 3 in.-lbf (169 to 339 mN-m).

CAUTION

After reinstalling a Schrader core, the distance from the top of the core pin to
the control head seating surface must be between 0.515 to 0.565 inch (13 mm
to 14 mm) when in the shut or non-actuated position. See the Gauging Distance
in Figure 6-1.

8. Check the piston assembly for any scratches, gouging, or deformation. If present, replace
the parts as necessary.

06-237256-001

6-1

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-2.1.2

Agent Discharge Valve Assembly (2 Valve)


Note: Replace O-rings when assembling the valve. Never reuse old O-rings.
1. Apply lubricant to the Piston O-ring (Item 2 in Figure 6-1) (see Table 6-2 for lubricant references). Install the Piston O-ring and the Back-up ring (Item 2 and Item 6) in the piston
groove (See Figure 6-2).

CAUTION

Make certain that the Teflon backup ring is below this O-ring as shown in
Figure 6-2.

2. Apply lubricant to the Seat O-ring (Item 3) and install the O-ring onto the seat retainer.
(See Figure 6-3)
3. Place the piston retainer back into the piston. Secure the retainer with the 4 cap screws.
Torque the cap screws to 85-90 in-lbs (9-10 N-m).
4. Screw the hex nut onto the piston and torque to 30-35 ft-lbs (41-47 N-m).
5. Ensure the Seat O-ring protrudes a minimum of 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical seating surface of the piston.
6. Press the piston back into the valve body.
7. Install the spring.
8. Apply lubricant to the Cap O-ring (Item 1). Install the Cap O-ring onto the groove in the
valve cap.
9. Screw the valve cap onto the valve body and torque to 50-55 ft-lbs (68-75 N-m).
10. If you had to remove the siphon tube for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite residue.
11. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow three to five minutes to
dry (see Table 6-2 for Loctite references).
12. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
13. Apply lubricant to the Neck O-ring (Item 4). Install the Neck O-ring onto the valve neck
groove.
14. Screw the valve and siphon tube onto the cylinder, and torque to 50 to 55 ft-lb (68 to 75
N-m).

July 2014

6-2

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

Gauging Dimension:
.515 - .565 in.

 Valve Core
Valve Cap

Cap O-ring 

Spring

 Piston O-ring
 Back-up Ring

Piston

Seat Retainer

Hex Nut

Cap Screw

 Seat O-ring
Safety Cap

 Neck O-ring
Siphon Tube

Figure 6-1. Valve Assembly


Table 6-1. Valve Components
Figure Item No.
1

Description
O-ring, cap

200 to 350 lb. Cylinders


WK-566102-300

O-ring, piston

WK-566103-300

O-ring, seat

WK-566103-260

O-ring, neck

WK-566103-350

Schrader core

WK-220278-000

Back-up ring

WK-554003-300

Piston O-ring
Teflon Back-up Ring

Figure 6-2. O-Ring, Piston


Table 6-2. Other Valve Components
Other Materials
Lubricant

Description
Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent

Loctite Sealant

Loctite Corp. Sealant, Grade CV or equivalent

Loctite Corp. Primer, Grade N or equivalent

Locquic

06-237256-001

Primer

6-3

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

Hex Nut

Piston

Seat O-ring

Seat Retainer

Cap Screws

Figure 6-3. 2 Valve Piston Exploded View

6-2.1.3

Agent Discharge Valve Disassembly (3 Valve)


Note: Refer to Figure 6-4 and Table 6-3 for items.
1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the cylinder neck O-ring and discard it.
3. Remove the valve cap, spring, and piston assembly.
Note: Remove all internal components of the agent valve from the top of the assembly. However, if there is excessive friction at the piston O-ring friction, the siphon tube may have
to be removed and the piston assembly pressed out from the bottom.
4. Remove the valve cap O-ring and piston O-ring. Discard both O-rings.
5. Remove the seat retainer from the piston assembly.
6. Remove and discard the seat O-ring.
7. Examine the pilot check for any evidence of bending or other damage. Depress the check
and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace pilot check if necessary
(See Section 6-2.1.3.1).

Valve Cap
Pilot Check
WK-923066-000
Pilot Check Spring
WF-230640-000
Piston O-Ring
WK-566103-370
Back-Up Teflon Ring
WK-554003-400

Valve Cap O-Ring


WK-566102-410
Spring
Piston

Retainer O-Ring
WK-566103-400

Safety Cap

Refill Part
( inch NPT Thread)

Neck O-Ring
WK-566103-470

Retainer
06-235924-001

Inner Piston O-Ring


WK-566101-170

Figure 6-4. 3 Valve Assembly


July 2014

6-4

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

Table 6-3. 3 Valve Components

6-2.1.3.1

Description

Part Number

O-ring, Cap

WK-566102-410

O-ring, Piston

WK-566103-370

O-ring, Seat

WK-566103-400

O-ring, Neck

WK-566103-470

Pilot Check Assembly

WK-923066-000

Back-up Ring

WK-554003-400

Replacing 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check


Note: Refer to Figure 6-5 for items.
1. Remove the valve cap.
2. Using retaining ring pliers, remove the retaining ring holding the pilot check, spring, and
disk in place. Save the retaining ring.
3. Remove the disk, spring, and pilot check. Save the disk.
4. Install the new pilot check and new spring.
5. Place the disk in and hold the assembly in place with the retaining ring.
6. Make sure the pilot check moves freely.
Valve Cap

Pilot Check
Spring
Disk
Retaining Ring

Figure 6-5. 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly

06-237256-001

6-5

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-2.1.4

Agent Discharge Valve Assembly (3 Valve)


Note: Replace O-rings when assembling the valve. Never reuse old O-rings. Refer to
Figure 6-4 and Table 6-3.
1. Apply lubricant to the Piston O-ring (see Table 6-2 for lubricant references). Install the Piston O-ring and the Back-up ring in the piston groove (See Figure 6-6).

CAUTION

Make certain that the Teflon back-up ring is below the O-ring as shown in
Figure 6-6.

Piston O-ring
Teflon Back-up Ring

Figure 6-6. O-Ring, Piston


2. Apply lubricant to the seat O-ring and install the O-ring onto the seat retainer.
3. Place the piston retainer back into the piston.
4. Ensure that the seat O-ring protrudes a minimum of 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical
seating surface of the piston assembly.
5. Secure the retainer with the hex nut and torque to 30-35 ft-lbs.
6. Press the piston back into the valve body.
7. Install the spring.
8. Apply lubricant to the Cap O-ring. Install the Cap O-ring onto the groove in the valve cap.
9. Screw the valve cap onto the valve body and torque to 50-55 ft-lbs (68-75 N-m).
10. If the siphon tube had to be removed for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite residue.
11. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow 3-5 minutes to dry (see
Table 6-2 for Loctite references).
12. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
13. Apply lubricant to the Neck O-ring. Install the Neck O-ring onto the valve neck groove.
14. Install the O-ring onto the valve neck groove, screw the valve and siphon tube onto the
cylinder, and torque to 50 to 55 ft-lb (68 to 75 N-m).

July 2014

6-6

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-2.1.5

Safety Disc Replacement

CAUTION

WARNING

Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced.

Before removing the Safety Burst Disc Assembly, make sure that all pressure
has been relieved from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, restrain
the cylinder and depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.

1. Remove and discard the safety burst disc assembly (see Figure 6-7 and Figure 6-8).
2. Apply lubricant to the packing O-ring of the new safety burst disc assembly.
3. Install the new safety disc assembly to the cylinder. Torque to the appropriate value listed
in Table 6-4.

WARNING

Install only the type of safety burst disc assembly specified in Table 6-4 for the
corresponding cylinder size. Installation of an incorrect safety burst disc
assembly could result in a violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death,
serious injury and/or property damage.

Packing O-ring

Figure 6-7. 2 Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly

Packing O-ring

Figure 6-8. 3 Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly


Table 6-4. Safety Disc Replacement Table

06-237256-001

Safety Disc Assembly


P/N

Torque

PSIG @ 70F

Cylinder Size

85-150100-000

90 ft lb

800-975

200 and 350 lb.

85-170100-000

90 ft lb

800-975

600 and 900 lb.

6-7

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-2.2

Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Inspection and Services


Inspect and service the nitrogen I-Valve as follows:
Note: After every discharge, certain components in the nitrogen I-Valve assembly will have
to be serviced and inspected before recharging the driver/valve Assembly. Part numbers for items which may require replacement are listed in Table 6-5.

6-2.2.1

I-Valve Disassembly
Note: Refer to Figure 6-9 and Table 6-5.

WARNING

Before disassembly of valve, relieve all pressure from the cylinder. Contents
under pressure can cause personal injury or property damage.

1. Remove valve seat (P/N WK-202490-000).


2. Remove copper sealing gasket (P/N WK-326420-000).
3. Remove main check assembly and spring (P/Ns WK-800760-000 and WK-326410-000).
4. Remove sleeve retainer, brass sleeve and pilot check assembly (P/Ns WK-202804-000,
WK-202805-000, and WK-923066-000, respectively).
5. Remove the main check and pilot check assemblies.
COPPER GASKET
WK-326420-000
VALVE SEAT - WK-202490-000
MAIN CHECK - WK-800760-000

VALVE BODY
WK-270403-000

2.50-14 NS-3
(FOR DISCHARGE
HEAD CONNECTION)

SLEEVE RETAINER
WK-202804-000

SPRING - WK-326410-000
DISC RETAINER
WK-220034-000 (WHITE)
WK-295500-000 (WHITE)
SAFETY DISC - WK-903684-000 (WHITE)
AND WASHER

5.44"
PILOT CHECK
WK-923066-000
1.25-18 NS-3
(FOR CONTROL
HEAD CONNECTION)

WASHER- WK-2945000-000

SLEEVE
WK-202805-000

TYPICAL
CYLINDER

Figure 6-9. 5/8-inch I-Valve for Nitrogen Driver


Table 6-5. I-Valve Components

July 2014

Part Number

Description

Qty.

WK-923066-000

Pilot Check Assembly

WK-202805-000

Brass Sleeve

WK-202804-000

Sleeve Retainer

WK-326410-000

Spring

WK-800760-000

Main Check Assembly 5/8 I-Valve

WK-326420-000

Copper Gasket

WK-202490-000

Valve Seat

WK-368200-000

Safety Disc (white)

WK-294500-000

Washer

6-8

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-2.2.2

Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Assembly


After each part has been inspected, assemble the valve in the following order:
1. Install the new pilot check assembly.
2. Install the brass sleeve.
3. Install the sleeve retainer.
4. Install the spring.
Note: The main check assembly is installed with the rubber seat facing up. The copper sealing
gasket MUST be replaced when the valve seat is removed. Refer to Figure 6-9.
5. Install the new main check assembly.
6. Install the new copper gasket (rounded side up). Apply a lubricant to the gasket before replacing.
7. Install the valve seat. Torque to 150 15 ft-lbf (203 20 N-m).

6-2.2.3

Nitrogen Driver Safety Disc Replacement


1. Remove the safety disc retainer nut, safety disc, and safety disc washer from the valve
body.
2. Assemble the new safety disc retainer nut, new safety disc, and new safety disc washer to
the valve body. Refer to Table 6-6 for torque valves.

WARNING

WARNING

Install only the type of safety burst disc that is specified for the nitrogen
cylinder. Installation of an incorrect safety burst disc assembly could result in
a violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death, serious injury and/or
property damage.

Never reinstall a used safety disc or washer. Once the safety disc retaining nut,
washer, and safety disc have been removed they must be replaced with new
parts.

Table 6-6. Safety Disc Replacements for the I-Valve


Nitrogen Driver Size

Safety Disc and


Washer P/N

Safety Disc Retainer


Nut P/N

Torque Value

PSIG at 70F

2300 through 4890 cu. in.

81-902048-000

WK-220034-000

350 35 in. lb.

2900-3250

06-237256-001

6-9

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-2.2.4

Plain Nut Discharge Head Inspection and Service


Note: After every discharge, certain components in the discharge head assembly must be inspected and serviced before recommissioning the nitrogen driver cylinder. Part numbers for the items which may require replacement are listed in Table 6-7.
1. Remove top cap using a suitable wrench.
2. Inspect packing O-ring (P/N WF-209180-000). Replace O-ring if there is any sign of damage or deterioration.
3. Lubricate packing O-ring and reinstall top cap. Tighten to 25 to 50 ft-lbf (35 to 70 N-m).
4. Examine inner and outer O-ring (P/N WF-242466-000 and WF-242467-000 respectively)
located concentrically on the bottom of the discharge head body.
5. Apply lubricant to both O-rings prior to attaching to I-valve (refer to Table 6-2 for lubricant
recommendations).

3.81"
(97 mm)
PISTON
BALL
RETAINER
STOP
CHECK

BALL
CHECK
SPRING

3.94"
(100 mm)

DISCHARGE
OUTLET
3/4" NPS

SET
POSITION

2 1/2 - 14N-3

OPERATED
POSITION

OUTER O-RING
P/N WF-242466-000
SWIVEL NUT
(FOR CONNECTION
TO CYLINDER VALVE)

INNER 0-RING
P/N WF-242467-000
STEM

Figure 6-10. Plain Nut Discharge Head


Table 6-7. Plain Nut Discharge Head Replacement Part Numbers

July 2014

Part Number

Description

Qty.

WF-242466-000

Outer Packing O-Ring

WF-242467-000

Inner Packing O-Ring

WF-209180-000

Packing O-Ring, Top Cap

6-10

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-2.3

3/4-Inch Check Diffuser Inspection and Service


Inspect and service the 3/4-inch check diffuser as follows:
Note: After every discharge, certain components in the check diffuser must be inspected and
serviced before recharging the cylinder and valve assembly. Part numbers for items
which may require replacement are listed in Table 6-8.

6-2.3.1

3/4-inch Check Diffuser Disassembly


(Refer to Figure 6-11 and Table 6-8)

WARNING

Before disassembly of check diffuser, make certain all pressure has been
relieved from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, depress the
pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved.

1. Remove valve seat (P/N 06-235930-001).


2. Remove and discard copper gasket (P/N 326420).
Note: Never reuse the copper gasket.
3. Remove cup check assembly (P/N 06-129860-001).
4. Remove spring (P/N 06-118172-001).
5. Examine rubber portions of cup check assembly and O-ring (P/N WK-566109-100). If any
nicks, chips or dirt is found, the parts should be replaced and/or cleaned before the cylinder
and valve assembly is recharged.

6-2.3.2

3/4-inch check diffuser assembly


After each part has been inspected, assemble the valve in the following order.
1. Spring (P/N 06-118172-001).
2. Cup check assembly (P/N 06-129860-001).
3. Gasket (rounded side up). Apply lubricant to new copper gasket before installing.
4. Valve seat, torque to 150 15 ft-lbf (203 20 N-m).
Note: The main check assembly is installed with the rubber seat facing up.
The copper sealing gasket MUST be replaced when the valve seat is removed.

06-237256-001

6-11

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

VALVE SEAT
P/N 06-235930-001

COPPER GASKET
P/N WK-326420-000

CUP CHECK ASSEMBLY


P/N 06-129860-001

SPRING

RETAINING RING

SPRING SEAT

O-RING
P/N WK-566109-100

3/4 CHECK
DIFFUSER BODY

Figure 6-11. 3/4-inch Check Diffuser


Table 6-8. Replacement Parts for Post-Discharge Maintenance

July 2014

Description

Part Number

Qty.

Valve Seat

06-235930-001

Cup Check Assembly

06-129860-001

Copper Gasket

WK-326420-000

O-Ring

WK-566109-100

6-12

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-3

RECHARGING AGENT CYLINDERS

CAUTION

WARNING

The
agent
cylinders
may
require
retest
before
recharging
(see
Paragraph 5-4.5.1 for details on cylinder retest). FM Approval is based upon the
usage of factory filled agent cylinders.

Under no circumstances while performing either cylinder recharge or leak


test, should a charged cylinder be allowed to stand freely without either the
charging apparatus attached or the safety cap installed. Whenever these
devices are not installed, a charged cylinder must be securely clamped to a
rigid structure capable of sustaining the full thrust that would result should
the valve inadvertently open. The clamping device and supports must be
capable of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lbf (8000 N), the
approximate thrust force generated on discharge through an open valve

Agent charging equipment consists of an agent storage cylinder, piping adapter, control valves,
strainer, pressure gauge, flexible hoses, seating adapter, recharge adapter, pump, regulated
nitrogen supply, scale and interconnecting plumbing. Recharge equipment must be suitable for
the purpose intended and must be compatible with the agent. A typical agent charging system
schematic is shown in Figure 6-12.
Note: During recharge, the cylinder pressure gauge is not to be used to determine
charging pressure.
Locate the charging equipment in a clean, well-ventilated area near the agent supply
and cylinder storage. There should be sufficient room for moving the cylinders to and
from the charging equipment.

06-237256-001

6-13

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

12 P
Flex Hose
11

22

15

N2

19
16

20

23

Flex Hose

6
21

18 17

14
Agent
Supply Container

13

Cylinder

4
1

3
9

Scale

10

Figure 6-12. Typical Agent Charging System Schematic


Table 6-9. Typical Agent Charging System Schematic
Item

Description

Item

Description

Agent Supply Container

13

Check Valve

Drierite Filter

14

Ball Valve

Container Supply Valve

15

Check Valve

Cylinder

16

Ball Valve

Scale

17

Recharge Adapter

Nitrogen Cylinder

18

Ball Valve

Ball Valve

19

Vent Valve

Regulator

20

Vent Valve

Ball Valve

21

Seating Adapter

10

Pump

22

Ball Valve

11

Ball Valve

23

Vent Valve

12

Master Pressure Gauge

6-3.1

Charging Equipment Installation


Before assembling the charging equipment, apply Permacel No. 412D Teflon tape to all
pipe threads.

July 2014

6-14

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-3.2

Charging Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly


Recharge agent cylinder and valve assembly as follows (see Figure 6-12 and Table 6-9):

WARNING

Only qualified, designated personnel should operate the charging


equipment. Exercise extreme care when working with pressure equipment
to prevent injury to people and damage to property, resulting from careless
handling or possible equipment failure. Perform all operations in an
assigned area cleared of all unauthorized personnel. Make sure all
equipment is properly secured. Never attempt to adjust or disassemble
pressurized equipment.

1. Check the cylinder for the last hydrostatic test date prior to charging. Perform any required
DOT hydrostatic tests (see Paragraph 6-2.5).
2. Check the cylinder valve assembly for any unacceptable physical defects (for example,
cracks of any kind, elongated pits of any length, inclusions of any size, pitting, bulging,
dents, corrosion, fire damage, mechanical defects, scratches, nicks or gouges if more than
superficial in nature). These defects shall be cause for rejection.
3. Weigh the cylinder and valve assembly to verify the quantity of agent in the cylinder. Ensure that no more than 10 PSIG (0.7 bar gauge) of nitrogen is in cylinder before beginning
the fill procedures.

CAUTION

3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (agent)) is a colorless and odorless


liquid with a boiling point of 120 F (48.9 C). When discharged into air the
agent liquid evaporates to form vapor-air mixtures that are very effective for
extinguishing fires when used at or above the minimum recommended agent
design concentrations, or MDC. The MDC for most applications is usually less
than the NOAEL of agent vapor, which is 10 vol. %. As stated in NFPA 2001,
unnecessary exposure of personnel to halocarbon clean agent vapors at
concentrations up to the NOAEL, shall be avoided. In the event of accidental
discharge into occupied spaces means shall be provided to limit personnel
exposure to agent vapors to no longer than five (5) minutes.

Note: Drierite filter (Item 2) should be installed on agent supply container (Item 1) prior to
beginning filling. Drierite filters are designed to remove moisture from the air to prevent
contamination of fluid.
4. Connect the agent supply line to the agent supply cylinder valve (Item 3). Close all valves
in the charging system.
5. Open the supply valves (Items 3, 9, and 14). Start the pump (Item 10), then crack the vent
valve (Item 20) until agent is present. Close vent valve (Item 20) and shut off pump (Item
10).
6. Position the agent cylinder and valve assembly (Item 4) (with safety cap and pilot actuation
port protection cap in place and properly connected) on a weigh scale (Item 5). Record the
weight from the scale. The empty weight of the cylinder and valve assembly must be
stamped on the cylinder valve nameplate.
7. Remove the safety cap and immediately connect the cylinder assembly into the charging
system by assembling the recharge adapter (Item 17) with O-ring packing to the cylinder
assembly outlet port.
Note: The main piston in the cylinder valve assembly will unseat, permitting flow into the assembly when a 10 PSIG (0.7 bar gauge) differential (approximate) exists at the outlet
port. Initial valve assembly seating occurs with pressure equalization. Final valve assembly seating occurs with removal of pressure from valve assembly outlet port and

06-237256-001

6-15

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance
subsequent momentary application of 450 to 600 PSIG (31 to 41 bar gauge) of nitrogen
discussed below.
8. Open valve (Item 18) and start the pump (Item 10). Monitor the weigh scale (Item 5).
When the scale indicates the correct charge weight, shut off the pump (Item 10) and close
the supply valves (Item 18 and 14).
Note: The 360 PSIG (27.92 bar gauge) pressure applies to the filling procedure with nitrogen
and agent at 70 10 F (21 -12 C). When the temperature is other than 70 F (21
C), refer to Table 6-10 for required total pressure. Do not fill agent cylinders at temperatures below 60 F (16 C) or above 90 F (27 C).
Table 6-10. Pressure vs. Temperature
Pressure versus Temperature
Temperature

Pressure

60 F

15.6 C

340 PSIG

23.5 bar gauge

70 F

21.1 C

360 PSIG

24.8 bar gauge

80 F

26.7 C

381 PSIG

26.3 bar gauge

90 F

32.2 C

402 PSIG

27.7 bar gauge

Note: 360 PSIG + 20, - 0 PSIG, at 70 F (25 bar gauge +1.4, -0 bar gauge at 21 C) is the
final pressure required after the charged cylinder has had sufficient time to stabilize.
Additional nitrogen may be required to attain the 360 PSIG (25 bar gauge) after the
stabilization period has elapsed.
9. If nitrogen is required, open the hand-wheel valve on the nitrogen supply valve (Item 7),
nitrogen valve (Item 16), and valve (Item 11). Adjust the regulator (Item 8) until the master pressure gauge (Item 12) shows a pressure indication of 360 PSIG + 20, -0 PSIG (25
bar gauge + 1.4, -0 bar gauge).
10. Open the hose control valve (Item 18) and let nitrogen flow into the cylinder until the master pressure gauge indicates 360 PSIG (25 bar gauge). Cylinder agitation will assist with
the equilibrium of nitrogen and agent Addition of nitrogen may be necessary as the cylinder
equilibrates.
11. Close the hose control valve (Item 18). Remove the pilot actuation port protection cap and
assemble the seating adapter (Item 21) with the flexible hose to the cylinder valve actuation port. Adjust the regulator to 450 to 600 PSIG. Open valve (Item 22) to momentarily
apply nitrogen pressure to the actuation port to firmly seat the cylinder valve piston.
12. While momentarily maintaining pressure on the actuation port, open vent valve (Item 19)
on the recharge adapter (Item 17) to rapidly vent agent from the valve assembly outlet
port. The sudden pressure decrease at the valve outlet will ensure the valve seat stays in
the closed position.
13. Leave vent valve (Item 19) open. Close valve (Item 22) and open valve (Item 23) to vent
nitrogen from the seating adapter.

CAUTION

Any hissing or discharge coming from vent valve (Item 19) indicates that the
piston is not sealed properly or has opened. If this occurs, close valve (Item 19)
and repeat steps 12 and 13. Verify that the cylinder valve piston remains closed.

14. Keep vent valve (Item 19) open. Close valve (Item 23), and once again open valve (Item
22) to reapply nitrogen pressure to the actuation port. While momentarily maintaining
pressure on the actuation port, remove the recharge adapter (Item 17) from the cylinder
valve outlet port and immediately install the safety cap. Close the vent valve (Item 19).

July 2014

6-16

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

WARNING

Nitrogen pressure must be maintained on the actuation port while removing the
charging adapter and installing the safety cap to ensure that the cylinder valve
does not inadvertently actuate while the valve outlet port is wide open. Failure
to follow this could result in injury and damage to property.

15. Close the nitrogen supply valve (Item 7) and open vent valve (Item 23) to vent nitrogen
from the supply line.
16. Remove the seating adapter (Item 21) from the cylinder valve and reinstall the actuation
port protection cap. Close valves (Items 22 and 23).
17. Weigh the fully charged cylinder. The weight must agree with the weight stamped on
the cylinder valve nameplate. Record the date of recharge on the cylinder record tag.
18. Monitor the cylinder valve gauge. The gauge indicator must read 360 PSIG + 25, -0 PSIG
at 70F (25 bar +1.7, -0 bar gauge at 21C) after the stabilization period.
19. The cylinder is now ready for the leak test (refer to Paragraph 6-3.3).

CAUTION

The agent cylinders have been designed for a maximum fill density of 70 lb./ft
(1121 kg/m) and super pressurized with nitrogen to 360 PSIG + 20 PSIG at 70 F
(25 bar gauge +1.4, -0 bar gauge at 21 C). It is important that these values not be
exceeded.

The pressure in the agent cylinder is significantly affected by fill density and temperature.
At elevated temperatures, the rate of increase in pressure is very sensitive to fill density.
If the maximum fill density is exceeded, the pressure will increase rapidly with temperature increase so as to present a hazard to personnel and property. Adherence to the limits
on fill density and pressurization levels will prevent excessively high pressures from occurring if the agent cylinder is exposed to elevated temperature, minimizing the possibility of an inadvertent discharge of agent through the pressure relief device.
Note: To change the agent supply container (Item 1) close container valve (Items 3) and
valve (Item 9). Disconnect filling line from agent supply container. Position new agent
supply container in place. Connect filling line to the new agent supply container. Open
valves (Items 3 and 9).

06-237256-001

6-17

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-3.3

Agent Cylinder Leak Test

WARNING

CAUTION

Clamp agent cylinder securely in place. The clamping device and supports must
be capable of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lbf (8000 N). This
approximates the thrust force generated out of the agent cylinder valve outlet
on a full, wide open discharge.

agent cylinder leak tests must be conducted in a well-ventilated area, away


from the charging station so as not to be influenced by extraneous agent vapors
released during the filling operations. Kidde recommends the Bacharach Model
H-25C for the agent and the Bacharach Model H-25IR and Model LS-20 for the
agent for calibrating the leak detector.

1. Warm up the leak detector for 30 minutes before proceeding with Step 2.
2. Calibrate the detector against the LS-20 leak standard by holding the probe about 1/8-inch
(3 mm) away, and noting the meter deflection for the leakage allowance of the standard.
Maximum allowable leak rates are shown in Table 6-11.
Table 6-11. Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates
Part Number

Cylinder Size

Cylinder Fill Weight

Maximum Allowable
Leakage

lb

lb

oz/yr

45-500201-001

200

100 to 200

1.81

45-500351-001

350

170 to 350

3.34

45-500601-001

600

300 to 600

5.74

45-500901-001

900

455 to 900

8.68

3. Remove the safety cap from the discharge outlet. Blow nitrogen on the surface where the
plug was removed.
4. Move probe back and forth slowly approximately 1/8-inch (3 mm) away from all potential
leak points (discharge outlet area, pilot check, valve bonnet, safety outlet, liquid level indicator, valve-to-cylinder connections, gauge and container welds). If the meter deflections
are greater than those that occurred during calibration, the cylinder/valve assembly has
failed the leaked test.
5. Replace the safety cap immediately after the test.
6. If the assembly failed the leak test in Step 4, salvage the agent, perform the required maintenance on the container, and recharge.
7. After the leak test is complete, reassemble the protection cap to the actuation port of valve
assembly. Unclamp the cylinder.

July 2014

6-18

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-4

NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE

WARNING

6-4.1

Any area in which nitrogen is used or stored must be properly ventilated. A


person working in an area where air has become enriched with nitrogen can
become unconscious without sensing the lack of oxygen. Remove victim to
fresh air. Administer artificial respiration if necessary and call a physician.
Never dispose of nitrogen in an indoor work or storage area.

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test


Hydrostatic test must be performed in accordance with DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49
CFR 180.209. Nitrogen pilot cylinders must not be recharged and shipped without hydrostatic
test if more than five years has elapsed from the date of the last test. Nitrogen pilot cylinders
continuously in service without discharging can be retained in service for a maximum of five
years from the date of the last hydrostatic test. At the end of five years, the cylinder must be
visually inspected per CGA pamphlet C-6. Cylinders must also be hydrostatic pressure tested
immediately if the cylinder shows evidence of distortion, cracking, corrosion, or mechanical
and/or fire damage.

6-4.2

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Replacement

WARNING

When removing a pressurized cylinder due to pressure loss, the control head
must be in the SET position with the safety pin installed. A control head in the
released position will cause the remaining contents of cylinder to discharge
resulting in a system activation which can cause death, personal injury and/or
property damage.

Replace the nitrogen pilot cylinder when expended or when loss of pressure occurs as follows:
1. Remove the control head from the nitrogen driver cylinder valve.
2. Immediately install the protection cap on the nitrogen pilot cylinder actuation port.
3. Remove discharge head from cylinder valve.
4. Remove 1-inch nitrogen transfer hose from the agent cylinder.
5. Remove clamps and hardware securing nitrogen pilot cylinder to the mounting bracket.

06-237256-001

6-19

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

6-4.3

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Recharge


Nitrogen driver cylinders must be recharged when the cylinder pressure gauge indicates
pressure is 10% below normal (1800 PSIG at 70 F [124 bar gauge at 21 C] as adjusted for
temperature as shown in Figure 6-13) or immediately after discharge. Nitrogen used for
charging must comply with Federal Specification BB-N-411C, Grade A, Type 1. Copies of this
specification may be obtained from: http://global.ihs.com/

WARNING

Before recharging, cylinder must be firmly secured by chains, clamps or other


devices to an immovable object such as a wall, structural I-beam or
permanently mounted holding rack. FM Approval is based upon the usage of
factory filled agent cylinders and nitrogen driver and storage cylinders.

Recharge nitrogen driver cylinders as follows:


1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.
2. Install the nitrogen driver cylinder recharge adapter (P/N WK-933537-000) to the cylinder
valve actuation port.
Note: The pressure gauge attached to the extinguishing system is not to be used to determine
when the intended charging pressure has been reached. A pressure regulator is to be
used when the pressure source is a tank of high-pressure gas per UL-2166.
3. Connect the nitrogen recharging supply hose to the adapter. Tighten securely.
4. Open the nitrogen recharging control valve slowly until full nitrogen flow is obtained.
5. Monitor the recharging supply pressure gauge. Close the charging control valve when the
gauge indicates proper cylinder pressure (1800 PSIG at 70F [124 bar gauge at 21C]) or
until the mass of nitrogen reaches the number referenced in the Table 6-12.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
Table 6-12. Nitrogen Fill Weights
Part Number

Description

Fill Weight (lb.) Nominal

45-502300-001

2300 cu. in. nitrogen driver

12.2

45-504070-001

4070 cu.in. nitrogen driver

22.1

45-504890-001

4890 cu. in. nitrogen driver

25.1

6. Allow the cylinder to cool to ambient temperature and recheck the nitrogen pilot cylinder
indicated pressure.
7. Open valve and add additional nitrogen as needed to obtain full cylinder charge at ambient
temperature (1800 PSIG at 70F [124 bar gauge at 21C]).
8. Close the valve and remove the supply hose and charging adapter from the pilot cylinder.
9. Check the nitrogen driver cylinder valve for leakage using a soap solution. Bubbles appearing in the soap solution indicate leakage and shall be cause for rejection of cylinder.
10. After the leak test is completed, clean and dry the cylinder valve.
11. Ensure the cylinder valve control head port is clean and dry.
12. Immediately install the protective cap to the actuation port of the cylinder valve.
13. Install the charged cylinder as directed in Table 5-7.

July 2014

6-20

06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance

N2 PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE CHART


2100

2000

PRESSURE PSIG

1900
1800

1700

NO

1600

1500

AL

RE

UR

S
ES

EP

L
AB
W
O

UM

AL

NI

MI

IN

PR

U
SS

1400
RECHARGE
1300
1200
-40

-20

20
40
60
80
TEMPERATURE F

100

120

140

Figure 6-13. Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data

06-237256-001

6-21

July 2014

Post-Discharge Maintenance

July 2014

6-22

06-237256-001

Parts List

CHAPTER 7
PARTS LIST
7-1

INTRODUCTION & PARTS LIST


The table below provides a complete list of parts and associated equipment for Kidde Fire
Systems ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230 Fire
Protection Fluid (herein referred to as agent). Equipment can be ordered as complete
assemblies or as individual items. In most situations, when ordering a system, it will be easier
and more cost effective to order by assembly part numbers.

Nomenclature

Part Number

Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with pressure gauge for use with 200
lb. agent cylinders

45-502300-001

2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with en.Gauge supervisory pressure
gauge for use with 200 lb. agent cylinders

45-502300-101

4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with pressure gauge for use with 350
lb. and 600 lb. agent cylinders

45-504070-001

Note: The 600 lb. agent cylinders require either one or two drivers, depending on the flow
calculations. For more information, see Section 4-2.3.1.
4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with en.Gauge supervisory pressure
gauge for use with 350 lb. and 600 lb. agent cylinders

45-504070-101

Note: The 600 lb. agent cylinders require either one or two drivers, depending on the flow
calculations. For more information, see Section 4-2.3.1.
4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with pressure gauge for use with 900
lb. agent cylinders

45-504890-001

Note: The 900 lb. agent cylinders require either one or two drivers, depending on the flow
calculations. For more information, see Section 4-2.3.1.
4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with en.Gauge supervisory pressure
gauge for use with 900 lb. agent cylinders

45-504890-101

Note: The 900 lb. agent cylinders require either one or two drivers, depending on the flow
calculations. For more information, see Section 4-2.3.1.
Vertical Mount Only- Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinder and Valve Assemblies
200 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI

45-500201-001

350 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI

45-500351-001

600 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI

45-500601-001

900 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI

45-500901-001

06-237256-001

7-1

July 2014

Parts List
Nomenclature

Part Number

Actuation Assemblies
Actuation Assembly (for use with 200 lb. or 350 lb. systems)

06-129882-001

Actuation Assembly (for use with 600 lb. or 900 lb. systems)

06-129985-001

Orifice Fitting, 0.107 Diameter

85-194129-107

Orifice Fitting, 0.111 Diameter

85-194129-111

Orifice Fitting, 0.116 Diameter

85-194129-116

Orifice Fitting, 0.120 Diameter

85-194129-120

Orifice Fitting, 0.129 Diameter

85-194129-129

Orifice Fitting, 0.136 Diameter

85-194129-136

Orifice Fitting, 0.234 Diameter

85-194129-234

Orifice Fitting, 0.261 Diameter

85-194129-261

Orifice Fitting, 0.281 Diameter

85-194129-281

Orifice Fitting, 0.316 Diameter

85-194129-316

Orifice Fitting, 0.348 Diameter

85-194129-348

Orifice Fitting, 0.391 Diameter

85-194129-391

Orifice Fitting, 0.438 Diameter

85-194129-438

Orifice Fitting, 0.484 Diameter

85-194129-484

Actuation Assembly Kits for 200 and 350 lb. System


2 Cylinder Set, Actuation Arrangement kit (200 lb./350 lb.)

06-129944-002

3 Cylinder Set, Actuation Arrangement kit (200 lb./350 lb.)

06-129944-003

4 Cylinder Set, Actuation Arrangement kit (200 lb./350 lb.)

06-129944-004

5 Cylinder Set, Actuation Arrangement kit (200 lb./350 lb.)

06-129944-005

Plus One Kit (200 lb./350 lb.), add to 06-129944-00X

06-129944-100

Actuation Assembly Kits for 600 and 900 lb. System


2 Cylinder Set, Actuation Arrangement kit (600 lb./900 lb.)

06-129986-002

3 Cylinder Set, Actuation Arrangement kit (600 lb./900 lb.)

06-129986-003

4 Cylinder Set, Actuation Arrangement kit (600 lb./900 lb.)

06-129986-004

Plus One Kit (600 lb./900 lb.), add to 06-129986-00X

06-129986-101

July 2014

7-2

06-237256-001

Parts List
Nomenclature

Part Number

Associated Equipment-Nitrogen Driver Cylinders


Discharge Head, Plain Nut

WK-872450-000

1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 18.00 OAL (350 lb. Cylinder System)

06-118207-001

1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 14.75 OAL (200 lb. Cylinder System)

06-118207-002

1 Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 23.62 OAL (600 and 900 lb. Cylinder Systems)

06-118207-003

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-502300-000 Driver Cylinder)

WK-270014-000

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-504070-000 Driver Cylinder)

WK-270157-000

Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-504070-000 Driver Cylinder)

06-236173-001

Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-504890-001 Driver Cylinder)

06-236174-001

Pressure Gauge, Nitrogen Driver

06-118253-001

en.Gauge, Nitrogen Pilot/Driver Cylinder

06-118328-001

Flexible Discharge Hoses


2 for use with 200 and 350 lb. Cylinders

WK-283899-000

3 for use with 600 and 900 lb. Cylinders

06-118225-001

Valve Outlet Adapters


200 and 350 lb. Cylinders

WK-283905-000

Cylinder Straps
Combined Cylinder Strap for 200 lb. System

06-236127-001

Combined Cylinder Strap for 350 lb. System

06-236126-001

200 lb. Cylinder

06-235317-001

350 lb. Cylinder

WK-281866-000

600 lb. Cylinder

WK-294651-000

900 lb. Cylinder

06-236125-001

Cradles
200 lb. Cylinder

06-235431-001

350 lb. Cylinder

WK-281867-000

Front Clamps
200 lb. Cylinder

WK-293457-000

350 lb. Cylinder

WK-281868-000

06-237256-001

7-3

July 2014

Parts List
Nomenclature

Part Number

Control Heads
Electric, Standard 24 Vdc

WK-890181-000

Electric/Cable 24 Vdc

81-895630-000

Electric/Cable (Explosion Proof) 24 Vdc

WK-897494-000

Lever Operated

WK-870652-000

Pressure Operated

82-878737-000

Pressure Operated, Stackable

82-878750-000

Level/Pressure Operated

82-878751-000

Cable Operated

81-979469-000

Pressure Control Equipment


Actuation Hose, 22

WK-264987-000

Actuation Hose, 30

WK-264986-000

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder

WK-877940-200

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder w/ Pressure Switch (open under pressure)

06-129773-001

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder w/ Pressure Switch (closed under pressure)

06-129773-002

Mounting Bracket, Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder

WK-877845-000

1/4 Check Valve

WK-264985-000

Safety Outlet, Agent

82-844346-000

Safety Outlet, Nitrogen/CO2

81-803242-000

Flexible Actuation Hose, 16 in.

06-118193-001

Flexible Actuation Hose, 22 in.

06-118193-002

Flexible Actuation Hose, 36 in.

06-118193-003

Remote Control Equipment, Electric Operated


Pull Box, Electric Remote 24 Vdc

84-100007-001

Remote Control Equipment, Cable Operated


Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface

81-871403-000

Corner Pulley, Watertight

81-803808-000

Corner Pulley, 1/2 EMT

WK-844648-000

Z-Bracket

81-605320-000

Adapter, 1/2 EMT

WK-843837-000

Dual-Pull Equalizer

81-840051-000

Dual-Pull Mechanism

81-840058-000

July 2014

7-4

06-237256-001

Parts List
Nomenclature

Part Number

Auxiliary Equipment
Pressure Operated Switch, Standard

81-486536-000

Pressure Operated Switch, Ex Proof

81-981332-000

Pressure Operated Trip

81-874290-000

Main to Reserve Transfer Switch

84-802398-000

Discharge Indicator 1/2 (Al)

81-875553-000

Check Valves
Check Valve 1/2 NPT

81-800327-000

Check Valve 3/4 NPT

81-800266-000

Check Valve 1 NPT

WK-800443-000

Check Valve 1 1/4 NPT

81-800444-000

Check Valve 1 1/2 NPT

81-870152-000

Check Valve 2 NPT

81-870151-000

Check Valve 2 1/2 NPT

WK-263716-000

Check Valve 3 NPT

81-870100-000

Swing Check Valve 2 NPT

06-118213-001

Swing Check Valve 3 NPT

06-118058-001

Manifold El-Check Valve 2 NPT

WK-877690-000

3-WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES (UL LISTED) (with solenoid)


3-Way Directional Valve, 1/2-inch*

90-220030-001

3-Way Directional Valve, 3/4-inch*

90-220030-002

3-Way Directional Valve, 1-inch*

90-220030-003

3-Way Directional Valve, 1 1/4-inch*

90-220031-001

3-Way Directional Valve, 1 1/2-inch*

90-220031-002

3-Way Directional Valve, 2-inch*

90-220031-003

3-Way Directional Valve, 3-inch*

90-220032-001

3-Way Directional Valve, 4-inch*

90-220032-002

Pressure Regulator Kit

38-509803-001

Pneumatic Solenoid, 24 Vdc (for spare parts only)*

06-118384-001

*Note: Not FM Approved for use with ADS (UL Listed Only)
Cylinder Recharge Adapters
Cylinder Size, 200 and 350 lb.

06-237256-001

82-878758-000

7-5

July 2014

Parts List
Nomenclature

Part Number

Name Plate
Main

WK-310330-000

Reserve

WK-310340-000

Warning 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

06-231866-760

Escutcheon Plates
3 Escutcheon Plate

06-236133-001

5 Escutcheon Plate

06-236134-001

Safety Burst Disc Assemblies and Rebuild kits


Assembly, 3" Valve Safety Burst Disc

85-170100-000

Assembly, 2" Valve Safety Burst Disc

85-150100-000

July 2014

7-6

06-237256-001

Parts List
7-3

UL LISTED AND FM APPROVED DISCHARGE NOZZLES

WARNING

Only Kidde ECS ADS Series nozzles are to be used on Kidde ECS ADS Series Fire
Suppression Systems. Failure to comply with this WARNING will result in
unpredictable agent distribution.

Table 7-1. UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles


UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles

Area
(in2)

1/2 in. NPT

0.0460

85-194423-201

0.0475

85-194423-202

0.0491

85-194423-203

0.0519

85-194423-204

0.0535

85-194423-205

0.0554

85-194423-206

0.0603

85-194423-207

0.0620

85-194423-208

0.0661

85-194423-209

0.0716

85-194423-210

0.0767

85-194423-211

0.0784

85-194423-212

0.0845

85-194423-213

0.0866

85-194423-214

0.0928

85-194423-215

0.0951

85-194423-216

0.1014

85-194423-217

0.1064

85-194423-218

0.1116

85-194423-219 85-194424-219

0.1170

85-194423-220 85-194424-220

0.1238

85-194423-221 85-194424-221

0.1296

85-194423-222 85-194424-222

0.1340

85-194423-223 85-194424-223

0.1398

85-194423-224 85-194424-224

0.1503

85-194423-225 85-194424-225

0.1612

85-194423-226 85-194424-226

0.1726

85-194423-227 85-194424-227

0.1843

85-194423-228 85-194424-228 85-194425-228

0.1963

85-194423-229 85-194424-229 85-194425-229

0.2088

85-194423-230 85-194424-230 85-194425-230

0.2216

85-194423-231 85-194424-231 85-194425-231

0.2349

85-194423-232 85-194424-232 85-194425-232

06-237256-001

3/4 in. NPT

1 in. NPT

7-7

1-1/4 in. NPT

1-1/2 in.NPT

2 in. NPT

July 2014

Parts List
Table 7-1. UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles
Area
(in2)

UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles


1/2 in. NPT

3/4 in. NPT

1 in. NPT

1-1/4 in. NPT

1-1/2 in.NPT

2 in. NPT

0.2485

85-194424-233 85-194425-233

0.2625

85-194424-234 85-194425-234

0.2769

85-194424-235 85-194425-235

0.2917

85-194424-236 85-194425-236

0.3068

85-194424-237 85-194425-237 85-194426-237

0.3223

85-194424-238 85-194425-238

0.3382

85-194424-239 85-194425-239 85-194426-239

0.3546

85-194424-240 85-194425-240 85-194426-240

0.3883

85-194424-241 85-194425-241 85-194426-241

0.4058

85-194424-242 85-194425-242 85-194426-242

0.4236

85-194424-243 85-194425-243 85-194426-243 85-194427-243

0.4418

85-194425-244 85-194426-244 85-194427-244

0.4604

85-194425-245 85-194426-245 85-194427-245

0.4793

85-194425-246 85-194426-246 85-194427-246

0.5185

85-194425-247 85-194426-247 85-194427-247

0.5386

85-194425-248 85-194426-248 85-194427-248

0.5592

85-194425-249 85-194426-249 85-194427-249

0.5801

85-194425-250 85-194426-250 85-194427-250

0.6230

85-194425-251 85-194426-251 85-194427-251

0.6450

85-194425-252 85-194426-252 85-194427-252

0.6903

85-194425-253 85-194426-253 85-194427-253 85-194428-253

0.7135

85-194426-254 85-194427-254 85-194428-254

0.7611

85-194426-255 85-194427-255 85-194428-255

0.7854

85-194426-256 85-194427-256 85-194428-256

0.8352

85-194426-257 85-194427-257 85-194428-257

0.8608

85-194426-258 85-194427-258 85-194428-258

0.9129

85-194426-259 85-194427-259 85-194428-259

0.9666

85-194426-260 85-194427-260 85-194428-260

1.0218

85-194426-261 85-194427-261 85-194428-261

1.0499

85-194426-262 85-194427-262 85-194428-262

1.1075

85-194426-263 85-194427-263 85-194428-263

1.1667

85-194426-264 85-194427-264 85-194428-264

1.2272

85-194427-265 85-194428-265

1.2892

85-194427-266 85-194428-266

1.3530

85-194427-267 85-194428-267

1.4183

85-194427-268 85-194428-268

1.4849

85-194427-269 85-194428-269

July 2014

7-8

85-194426-38

06-237256-001

Parts List
Table 7-1. UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles
Area
(in2)

UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles


1/2 in. NPT

3/4 in. NPT

1 in. NPT

1-1/4 in. NPT

1-1/2 in.NPT

2 in. NPT

1.5530

85-194427-270 85-194428-270

1.6230

85-194427-271 85-194428-271

1.6944

85-194428-272

1.7671

85-194428-273

1.9175

85-194428-274

2.0739

85-194428-275

2.2365

85-194428-276

2.4053

85-194428-277

2.5802

85-194428-278

06-237256-001

7-9

July 2014

Parts List

Table 7-2. UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles


UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles

Area
(in2)

1/2 in. NPT

0.0460

85-194413-201

0.0475

85-194413-202

0.0491

85-194413-203

0.0519

85-194413-204

0.0535

85-194413-205

0.0554

85-194413-206

0.0603

85-194413-207

0.0620

85-194413-208

0.0661

85-194413-209

0.0716

85-194413-210

0.0767

85-194413-211

0.0784

85-194413-212

0.0845

85-194413-213

0.0866

85-194413-214

0.0928

85-194413-215

0.0951

85-194413-216

0.1014

85-194413-217

0.1064

85-194413-218

0.1116

85-194413-219 85-194414-219

0.1170

85-194413-220 85-194414-220

0.1238

85-194413-221 85-194414-221

0.1296

85-194413-222 85-194414-222

0.1340

85-194413-223 85-194414-223

0.1398

85-194413-224 85-194414-224

0.1503

85-194413-225 85-194414-225

0.1612

85-194413-226 85-194414-226

0.1726

85-194413-227 85-194414-227

0.1843

85-194413-228 85-194414-228 85-194415-228

0.1963

85-194413-229 85-194414-229 85-194415-229

0.2088

85-194413-230 85-194414-230 85-194415-230

0.2216

85-194413-231 85-194414-231 85-194415-231

0.2349

85-194413-232 85-194414-232 85-194415-232

0.2485

85-194414-233 85-194415-233

0.2625

85-194414-234 85-194415-234

0.2769

85-194414-235 85-194415-235

0.2917

85-194414-236 85-194415-236

July 2014

3/4 in. NPT

1 in. NPT

7-10

1-1/4 in. NPT

1-1/2 in.NPT

2 in. NPT

06-237256-001

Parts List
Table 7-2. UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles
Area
(in2)

UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles


1/2 in. NPT

3/4 in. NPT

1 in. NPT

1-1/4 in. NPT

1-1/2 in.NPT

2 in. NPT

0.3068

85-194414-237 85-194415-237 85-194416-237

0.3223

85-194414-238 85-194415-238

0.3382

85-194414-239 85-194415-239 85-194416-239

0.3546

85-194414-240 85-194415-240 85-194416-240

0.3883

85-194414-241 85-194415-241 85-194416-241

0.4058

85-194414-242 85-194415-242 85-194416-242

0.4236

85-194414-243 85-194415-243 85-194416-243 85-194417-243

0.4418

85-194415-244 85-194416-244 85-194417-244

0.4604

85-194415-245 85-194416-245 85-194417-245

0.4793

85-194415-246 85-194416-246 85-194417-246

0.5185

85-194415-247 85-194416-247 85-194417-247

0.5386

85-194415-248 85-194416-248 85-194417-248

0.5592

85-194415-249 85-194416-249 85-194417-249

0.5801

85-194415-250 85-194416-250 85-194417-250

0.6230

85-194415-251 85-194416-251 85-194417-251

0.6450

85-194415-252 85-194416-252 85-194417-252

0.6903

85-194415-253 85-194416-253 85-194417-253 85-194418-253

0.7135

85-194416-254 85-194417-254 85-194418-254

0.7611

85-194416-255 85-194417-255 85-194418-255

0.7854

85-194416-256 85-194417-256 85-194418-256

0.8352

85-194416-257 85-194417-257 85-194418-257

0.8608

85-194416-258 85-194417-258 85-194418-258

0.9129

85-194416-259 85-194417-259 85-194418-259

0.9666

85-194416-260 85-194417-260 85-194418-260

1.0218

85-194416-261 85-194417-261 85-194418-261

1.0499

85-194416-262 85-194417-262 85-194418-262

1.1075

85-194416-263 85-194417-263 85-194418-263

1.1667

85-194416-264 85-194417-264 85-194418-264

1.2272

85-194417-265 85-194418-265

1.2892

85-194417-266 85-194418-266

1.3530

85-194417-267 85-194418-267

1.4183

85-194417-268 85-194418-268

1.4849

85-194417-269 85-194418-269

1.5530

85-194417-270 85-194418-270

1.6230

85-194417-271 85-194418-271

1.6944

85-194418-272

1.7671

85-194418-273

06-237256-001

7-11

85-194416-38

July 2014

Parts List
Table 7-2. UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles
Area
(in2)

UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles


1/2 in. NPT

3/4 in. NPT

1 in. NPT

1-1/4 in. NPT

1-1/2 in.NPT

2 in. NPT

1.9175

85-194418-274

2.0739

85-194418-275

2.2365

85-194418-276

2.4053

85-194418-277

2.5802

85-194418-278

July 2014

7-12

06-237256-001

APPENDIX A
MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS

06-237256-001

A-1

July 2014

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


3M Novec 1230

1.

IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATIONS AND OF THE COMPANY UNDERTAKING


Product Name
Other Trade Names
Product Description
Manufacturer/Supplier
Address

Phone Number
Chemtrec Number
(for emergencies only)
Revision Date:
MSDS Date:

3M Novec 1230
Fire Extinguishing Agent
Kidde Fire Systems
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
(508) 881-2000
(800) 424-9300
(703) 527-3887 (International)
February 9, 2012
February 9, 2009

Safety Data Sheet according to EC directive 2001/59/EC and OSHAs Hazcom Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)

2.

HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
EU Main Hazards
R36 Irritating to eyes.
Routes of Entry
Eye contact - Inhalation - Skin contact - Ingestion
Carcinogenic Status
Not considered carcinogenic by NTP, IARC, and OSHA.
Target Organs
Eyes - Respiratory system
Health Effects - Eyes
Contact may cause slight irritation.
Health Effects - Skin
Not expected to cause irritation.
Health Effects - Ingestion
Not a likely route of exposure. No adverse effects are expected.
Health Effects - Inhalation
If thermal decomposition occurs, may be harmful if inhaled.

3.

COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Component Name
1,1,1,2,2,4,5,5,5,-Nonafluoro-4(trifluoromethyl)-3-pentanone

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

CAS#/Codes
756-13-8

Concentration R Phrases
>99.9%
R36

EU Classification
Xi

Page 1 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


3M Novec 1230

4.

FIRST AID MEASURES


Eyes
Immediately flood the eye with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, holding the eye open. Obtain
medical attention if soreness or redness persists.
Skin
Flush with water. Obtain medical attention if symptoms persist.
Ingestion
Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure.
Inhalation
Remove from exposure. If there is difficulty in breathing, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention
immediately.
Advice to Physicians
Treat symptomatically.

5.

FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES


Extinguishing Media
TM
TM
3M Novec 1230 is used as an extinguishing agent and therefore is not a problem when trying to
control a blaze. Use extinguishing agent appropriate to other materials involved. Keep containers and
surroundings cool with water spray as containers may rupture or burst in the heat of a fire.
Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards
Containers may explode in heat of fire. Predominant decomposition product is hydrogen fluoride in fire
situations. By -products are irritating and potentially toxic.
Protective Equipment for Fire-Fighting
Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus as appropriate for specific fire
conditions.

6.

ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES


Wear full protective clothing. Remove leaking cylinder to a well ventilated area. Contain and absorb
using earth, sand or other inert material. Transfer into suitable containers for recovery or disposal.

7.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


Containers should be properly stored and secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not
drag, slide or roll containers. Do not drop containers or permit them to strike against each other. Never
apply flame or localized heat directly to any part of the container. Store away from sources of heat or
ignition. Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out of direct sunlight away from incompatible materials (see Section 10)

8.

EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION


Occupational Exposure Standards
TM
TM
3M Novec 1230
Manufacturers recommended exposure limit: 150 ppm, 8 hr TWA
Engineering Control Measures
Use with adequate ventilation. Use local exhaust ventilation for open containers. There should be local
procedures for the selection, training, inspection and maintenance of this equipment.

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 2 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


3M Novec 1230

8.

EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION


Respiratory Protection
Not normally required. If thermal decomposition occurs, use a self contained breathing apparatus.
Hand Protection
Protective Gloves
Eye Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.

9.

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES


Physical State
Color
Odor
Specific Gravity
Boiling Range/Point (C/F)
Melting Range/Point (C/F)
Flash Point (PMCC) (C/F)
Solubility in Water
Vapor Density (Air = 1)
Vapor Pressure
VOC
Evaporation Rate
(Butyl Acetate =1 )

10.

Liquid
Colorless
Slight
1.6
49.2 oC/120.6 oF
o
o
-108 C/-162.4 F
Not Flammable
Nil
11.6
o
0.404 bar (5.87 psig) @ 25 C
1600 g/l
>1

STABILITY AND REACTIVITY


Stability
Stable under normal conditions.
Conditions to Avoid
Exposure to direct sunlight - ultraviolet light
Materials to Avoid
Strong bases amines - alcohols
Hazardous Polymerization
Will not occur.
Hazardous Decomposition Products
Oxides of carbon - hydrogen fluoride

11.

TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Acute Toxicity
NOAEL for cardiac sensitization: 10% v/v
Inhalation Study: No signs of acute toxicity were observed during a 4-hr acute inhalation study (rat) at
10%, a 2-hr. acute inhalation study (rat) at 10% and a 28 day acute inhalation study (rat) at 2.0%.

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 3 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


3M Novec 1230

11.

TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Chronic Toxicity/Carcinogenicity
This product is not expected to cause long term adverse health effects.
Genotoxicity
Not mutagenic in Ames assay.
Reproductive/Developmental Toxicity
This product is not expected to cause adverse reproductive effects.

12.

ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Mobility
Product is highly insoluble in water and volatile.
Persistence/Degradability
Photolytic half-life: 3 - 5 days
Persistent Photolytic degradation product: trifluoroacetic acid.
Bio-accumulation
No data available.
Ecotoxicity
No data available.

13.

DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations. Do not cut,
puncture or weld on or near the container. If spilled, contents will vaporize to the atmosphere.

14.

TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT CFR 172.101 Data
UN Proper Shipping Name
UN Class
UN Number
UN Packaging Group

15.

Compressed Gases, n.o.s. (C-6 Perfluoroketone), 2.2, UN1956


Compressed Gases, n.o.s. (C-6 Perfluoroketone)
(2.2) Non-Flammable Gas
UN1956
Not applicable

REGULATORY INFORMATION
EU Label Information
Classification and labelling have been performed according to EU directives 67/548/EEC and 99/45/EC
including amendments(2001/60/EC and 2006/8/EC)
EU Hazard Symbol and Indication of Danger.
Xi - Irritant
R phrases
R36 Irritating to eyes.
S phrases
S26 In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice.
S36/37/39 Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye/face protection.

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 4 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


3M Novec 1230

15.

REGULATORY INFORMATION
US REGULATIONS (Federal, State) and INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL REGISTRATION LAWS
TSCA Listing
This product contains ingredients that are listed on or exempt from listing on the EPA Toxic Substance
Control Act Chemical Substance Inventory.
ELINCS Listing
All ingredients in this product have been verified for listing on the European List of Notified Chemical
Substances (ELINCS).
DSL/NDSL (Canadian) Listing
All ingredients in this product are listed on the Domestic Substance List (DSL) or the Non-Domestic
Substance List (NDSL) or are exempt from listing.
WHMIS Classification
D2B
This product was classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the Canadian Controlled Products
Regulations and the MSDS contains all the information required by these regulations.
MA Right To Know Law
All components have been checked for inclusion on the Massachusetts Substance List (MSL). Those
components present at or above the de minimis concentration include: None
PA Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the Pennsylvania Hazardous Substance List:
None
NJ Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the NJ Right To Know Hazardous Substance
List: None
California Proposition 65
This product does not contain materials which the State of California has found to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
SARA Title III Sect. 302 (EHS)
This product does not contain any chemicals subject to SARA Title III Section 302.
SARA Title III Sect. 304
This product does not contain any chemicals subject to SARA Title III Section 304.
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization
- Immediate (Acute) Health Hazard - Pressure Hazard
SARA Title III Sect. 313
This product does not contain a chemical which is listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.

16.

OTHER INFORMATION
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Health - 3
NFPA Code for Flammability - 0
NFPA Code for Reactivity - 1
NFPA Code for Special Hazards None

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 5 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


3M Novec 1230

16.

OTHER INFORMATION
HMIS Ratings
HMIS Code for Health - 0
HMIS Code for Flammability - 0
HMIS Code for Reactivity - 1
HMIS Code for Personal Protection - See Section 8
Abbreviations
N/A: Denotes no applicable information found or available
CAS#: Chemical Abstracts Service Number
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
TLV: Threshold Limit Value
PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit
STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit
NTP: National Toxicology Program
IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
R: Risk
S: Safety
NOAEL: No Observed Adverse Effect Level
EnviroNet LLC.
Prepared By:
The information contained herein is based on data believed to be accurate. However, no
representation, warranty, or guarantee is made to its accuracy, reliability or completeness. It is the
user's responsibility to satisfy himself as to the suitability and completeness of such information for its
own particular use. Kidde Fire Systems assumes no responsibility for personal injury or property
damage resulting from use, handling or from contact with this product.

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 6 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


Nitrogen (Expellant)

1.

IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATIONS AND OF THE COMPANY UNDERTAKING


Product Name
Other Trade Names
Product Description
Manufacturer/Supplier
Address

Phone Number
Chemtrec Number
(for emergencies only)
Revision Date:
MSDS Date:

Nitrogen (Expellant)
N2
Expellant
Kidde Fire Systems
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
(508) 881-2000
(800) 424-9300
(703) 527-3887 (International)
February 9, 2012
February 9, 2009

Safety Data Sheet according to EC directive 2001/59/EC and OSHAs Hazcom Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)

2.

HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
EU Main Hazards
Non Flammable Gas
Routes of Entry
Eye contact - Inhalation - Skin contact
Carcinogenic Status
Not considered carcinogenic by NTP, IARC, and OSHA.
Target Organs
Respiratory System
Health Effects - Eyes
Non-irritating gas
Health Effects - Skin
Non-irritating gas
Health Effects - Ingestion
Ingestion is not a possible route of exposure.
Health Effects - Inhalation
Avoid direct inhalation of undiluted gas. Can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen available for
breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,
unconsciousness or asphyxiation.

3.

COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Component Name
Nitrogen

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

CAS#/Codes Concentration R Phrases


7727-37-9
100%
None
EC#231-783-9

EU Classification
Non Flammable Gas

Page 1 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


Nitrogen (Expellant)

4.

FIRST AID MEASURES


Eyes
No specific measures.
Skin
No specific measures.
Ingestion
Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure.
Inhalation
Remove from exposure. If there is difficulty in breathing, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention
immediately.
Advice to Physicians
Treat symptomatically.

5.

FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES


Extinguishing Media
All known extinguishing media can be used. Use extinguishing media appropriate for containers in the
area.
Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards
Containers may explode in heat of fire.
Protective Equipment for Fire-Fighting
Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus as appropriate for specific fire
conditions.

6.

ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES


Material is a normal atmospheric gas. Remove leaking cylinder to a safe place. Ventilate the area.
Wear self contained breathing apparatus when entering confined spaces unless atmosphere is proven
to be safe.

7.

HANDLING AND STORAGE


Cylinders should be properly stored and secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag,
slide or roll cylinders. Do not drop cylinders or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply
flame or localized heat directly to any part of the cylinder. Store away from sources of heat or ignition.
Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out of direct sunlight

8.

EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION


Occupational Exposure Standards
Nitrogen
None
Engineering Control Measures
Use with adequate ventilation (natural or mechanical), especially in a confined space.

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 2 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


Nitrogen (Expellant)

8.

EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION


Respiratory Protection
Not normally required. In oxygen deficient atmospheres, use a self contained breathing apparatus, as
an air purifying respirator will not provide protection.
Hand Protection
Use leather or sturdy work gloves when handling cylinders.
Eye Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.

9.

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES


Physical State
Color
Odor
Specific Gravity
Boiling Range/Point (C/F)
Flash Point (PMCC) (C/F)
Solubility in Water
Vapor Density (Air = 1)
Vapor Pressure
Gas Density
Evaporation Rate

10.

Compressed gas
Colorless
None
Not applicable
-321oF
Not Flammable
0.2 g/l
0.97.
Not determined
3
o
0.075 lb/ft @70 F as vapor
Not applicable

STABILITY AND REACTIVITY


Stability
Stable under normal conditions.
Conditions to Avoid
Extremely high temperatures - flames
Materials to Avoid
None known
Hazardous Polymerization
Will not occur.
Hazardous Decomposition Products
None

11.

TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Acute Toxicity
Simple asphyxiant.
Chronic Toxicity/Carcinogenicity
This product is not expected to cause long term adverse health effects.

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 3 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


Nitrogen (Expellant)

11.

TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Genotoxicity
This product is not expected to cause any mutagenic effects.
Reproductive/Developmental Toxicity
This product is not expected to cause adverse reproductive effects.

12.

ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Mobility
Nitrogen occurs naturally in the atmosphere.
Persistence/Degradability
Nitrogen occurs naturally in the atmosphere.
Bio-accumulation
Nitrogen occurs naturally in the atmosphere.
Ecotoxicity
No data available

13.

DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations. Do not cut,
puncture or weld on or near to the container. If spilled, contents will vaporize to the atmosphere.

14.

TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT CFR 172.101 Data
UN Proper Shipping Name
UN Class
UN Number
UN Packaging Group

15.

Nitrogen, compressed, 2.2, UN1066


Nitrogen, compressed
(2.2) Non-Flammable Gas
UN1066
Not applicable

REGULATORY INFORMATION
EU Label Information
Classification and labelling have been performed according to EU directives 67/548/EEC and 99/45/EC
including amendments(2001/60/EC and 2006/8/EC)
EU Hazard Symbol and Indication of Danger.
Non Flammable Gas
R phrases
None
S phrases
S9 Keep container in a well ventilated place.

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 4 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


Nitrogen (Expellant)

15.

REGULATORY INFORMATION
US REGULATIONS (Federal, State) and INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL REGISTRATION LAWS
TSCA Listing
This product contains ingredients that are listed on or exempt from listing on the EPA Toxic Substance
Control Act Chemical Substance Inventory.
EINECS Listing
All ingredients in this product are listed on the European Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical
Substances (EINECS) or the European List of New Chemical Substances (ELINCS) or are exempt from
listing.
DSL/NDSL (Canadian) Listing
All ingredients in this product are listed on the Domestic Substance List (DSL) or the Non-Domestic
Substance List (NDSL) or are exempt from listing.
WHMIS Classification
A
This product was classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the Canadian Controlled Products
Regulations and the MSDS contains all the information required by these regulations.
MA Right To Know Law
All components have been checked for inclusion on the Massachusetts Substance List (MSL). Those
components present at or above the de minimis concentration include: Nitrogen
PA Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the Pennsylvania Hazardous Substance List: Nitrogen
NJ Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the NJ Right To Know Hazardous Substance
List: - Nitrogen
California Proposition 65
This product does not contain materials which the State of California has found to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
SARA Title III Sect. 302 (EHS)
This product does not contain any chemicals subject to SARA Title III Section 302.
SARA Title III Sect. 304
This product does not contain any chemicals subject to SARA Title III Section 304.
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization
- Immediate (Acute) Health Hazard - Pressure Hazard
SARA Title III Sect. 313
This product does not contain a chemical which is listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.

16.

OTHER INFORMATION
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Health - 0
NFPA Code for Flammability - 0
NFPA Code for Reactivity - 0
NFPA Code for Special Hazards None

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 5 of 6

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET


Nitrogen (Expellant)

16.

OTHER INFORMATION
HMIS Ratings
HMIS Code for Health - 0
HMIS Code for Flammability - 0
HMIS Code for Reactivity - 0
HMIS Code for Personal Protection - See Section 8
Abbreviations
N/A: Denotes no applicable information found or available
CAS#: Chemical Abstracts Service Number
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
TLV: Threshold Limit Value
PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit
STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit
NTP: National Toxicology Program
IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
R: Risk
S: Safety
EnviroNet LLC.
Prepared By:
The information contained herein is based on data believed to be accurate. However, no
representation, warranty, or guarantee is made to its accuracy, reliability or completeness. It is the
user's responsibility to satisfy himself as to the suitability and completeness of such information for its
own particular use.
Kidde Fire Systems assumes no responsibility for personal injury or property
damage resulting from use, handling or from contact with this product.

Revision Date: February 9, 2012

Page 6 of 6

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

July 2014

A-2

06-237256-001

Kidde is a registered trademark of Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.


3M and Novec are trademarks of 3M Company.
All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.

400 Main Street


Ashland,MA 01721
Ph:(508)881-2000
Fax:(508)881-8920
http://www.kiddefiresystems.com

These instructions do not purport to cover all the details or variations in the equipment
described, nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with
installation, operation and maintenance. All specifications subject to change without notice. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are
not covered sufficiently for the purchasers purposes, the matter should be referred to
KIDDE-FENWAL INC., Ashland, MA 01721.

06-237256-001 Rev. AA

2014

Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Anda mungkin juga menyukai